Download Launch - Givefile.net
Transcript
Transmittal Page Product Title Part Number WorkCentre M20 Family Service Manual 708P87563 Status Launch Please note the following: This output is created from an electronic documentation (EDOC) database and is not optimised for hard copy. Please be aware of the following: •Text may not appear to be in the logical order when flowing around figures. •Text may continue on a following page without indication. •Figures may not appear on the page containing the figure reference. •EDOC hot link references can over write text. Date March 2004 Service Manual binder inserts Xerox WorkCentre M20 Family Service Manual Front pocket insert Xerox WorkCentre M20 Family Service Manual Spine insert Xerox WorkCentre M20 Family Service Manual March 2004 WorkCentre M20 Family Service Documentation WorkCentre M20 Service Manual 708P87563 March 2004 Prepared by: The Document Company, Xerox Global Knowledge & Language Services Enterprise Centre P.O. Box 17 Bessemer Road Welwyn Garden City Hertfordshire AL7 1HE England. © Copyright 2004 by Xerox Europe. All rights reserved. ***Xerox Private Data*** All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service. While every care has been taken in the preparation of this manual, no liability will be accepted by Xerox Europe arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Xerox Europe, Xerox ® and all identifying numbers used in connection with the Xerox products mentioned in this publication are trademarks of Xerox. Other company trademarks are also acknowledged. Printed in the United Kingdom. Revision Control List Product: Title: Part Number: Revision: WorkCentre M20 Family Service Manual 708P87563 March 2004 Documentation compatible with this revision. EDOC (Compact Disc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708P87562 EDOC Supplement (hard copy wiring diagrams) . . . . . . 708P87565 PDF on CD-Rom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708P87564 Page Rev. i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x xi xii xiii xiv xv xvi xvii xviii xix xx xxi xxii xxiii xxiv 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 Page Rev. Page Rev. 1-6 1-7 1-8 03/04 03/04 03/04 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-24 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 Page Rev. Page Rev. Page Rev. 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-28 4-29 4-30 4-31 4-32 4-33 4-34 4-35 4-36 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-40 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 5-26 5-27 5-28 5-29 5-30 5-31 5-32 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-42 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 03/04 8-1 8-2 03/04 03/04 Introduction About This Manual .......................................................................................................... Warnings, Cautions And Notes ....................................................................................... Safety Precautions .......................................................................................................... Health and Safety Incident reporting............................................................................... Translation of Warnings .................................................................................................. Work Centre M20 Family iii iv v vi vii March 2004 i Introduction Introduction March 2004 ii Work Centre M20 Family About This Manual Publication Comments Sheet This manual is part of a multinational service documentation system that is structured in the standard Xerox service manual format. A Publication Comment Sheet is provided at the rear of the hardcopy manual. This manual is based on a Japanese original. The part names used throughout do not comply with the standard Xerox part naming convention. Because part names have been molded on to some plastic components and may also be embedded in the software, the part names have not been changed. To aid part identification, an acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names have been included in the manual. Refer to GP 20, Acronyms and Parts Description List. Organization The service manual is the document used as the primary information source for repairing and maintaining this family of products and is available as EDOC on a CDROM, or in printed format. The information within the manual is divided into an introduction and eight other sections. Section 1 Service Call Procedures This section is used to start and complete a service call. The procedures in this section will either direct you to a Repair Analysis Procedure (RAP), or identify a faulty component or subassembly. Section 2 Status Indicator Repair Analysis Procedures This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) and checkouts necessary to diagnose, isolate and repair faults other than image quality faults. Section 3 Image Quality This section contains the Image Quality Repair Analysis Procedures (IQ RAPs), checkouts and setup procedures necessary to diagnose, isolate and repair image quality faults. Section 4 Repairs/Adjustments This section contains the instructions for removal, replacement, and adjustment of parts within the machine. Section 5 Parts List This section contains the detailed and illustrated spare parts list. Any part that is spared or that must be removed to access a spared part is illustrated. Section 6 General Procedures / Information This section contains all other procedures, product specifications and general information. Section 7 Wiring Data This section contains the wiring diagrams. Section 8 Accessories This section contains details of any accessories that the machine may have. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 iii Introduction About This Manual Warnings, Cautions And Notes WARNING A translated version of all warnings is in Translation of Warnings. WARNING A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. Follow the service procedure exactly as written. Use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in this manual, may result in an exposure to invisible laser radiation. During servicing, the invisible laser radiation can cause eye damage if looked at directly. CAUTION A caution is used whenever an operation or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment. NOTE: A note is used where it is essential to highlight a procedure, practice, condition or statement. The following are examples of the symbols that are used in this manual for an electrostatic damage caution and laser radiation warning. ESD caution symbol CAUTION Certain components in this product are susceptible to damage from electrostatic discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage. Laser radiation warning symbol. Introduction Warnings, Cautions And Notes March 2004 iv Work Centre M20 Family Safety Precautions 5. Follow these safety, ESD, and servicing precautions to prevent personal injury and equipment damage. Do not use freon propelled chemicals. When sprayed, these can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESDs. 6. Do not remove a replacement ESD from its protective packaging until immediately before installing it. Most replacement ESDs are packaged with all leads shorted together by conductive foam, aluminum foil, or a comparable conductive material. 7. Immediately before removing the protective shorting material from the leads of a replacement ESD, touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit assembly into which the device will be installed. 8. Maintain continuous electrical contact between the ESD and the assembly into which it will be installed, until completely plugged or soldered into the circuit. 9. Minimize body motion when handling unpacked replacement ESDs. Normal motions, such as the brushing together of clothing fabric and lifting a foot from a carpeted floor, can generate static electricity sufficient to damage an ESD. 1. Ensure that all built in protective devices are in place. Restore any missing protective shields. 2. Make sure there are no cabinet openings through which people, particularly children, might insert fingers or objects and contact dangerous voltages. 3. When re-installing chassis and assemblies, be sure to restore all protective devices, including control knobs and compartment covers. 4. Design alteration warning; never alter or add to the mechanical or electrical design of this equipment, such as auxiliary connectors, etc. Such alterations and modifications will void the manufacturers warranty. 5. Components, parts, and wiring that appear to have overheated or are otherwise damaged should be replaced with parts which meet the original specifications. Always determine the cause of damage or overheating, and correct any potential hazards. Lithium Battery Precautions 1. Exercise caution when replacing a lithium battery. There could be a danger of explosion and subsequent operator injury and/or equipment damage if incorrectly installed. 6. Observe the original harness routing, especially near sharp edges, AC, and high voltage power supplies. Always inspect for pinched, out-of-place, or frayed wiring. Do not change the spacing between components and the printed circuit board. 2. Be sure to replace the battery with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. 3. 7. Product safety notice; some electrical and mechanical parts have special safety related characteristics which might not be obvious from visual inspection. These safety features and the protection they provide could be lost if a replacement component differs from the original. This holds true, even though the replacement may be rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Lithium batteries contain toxic substances and should not be opened, crushed, or burned for disposal. 4. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacture’s instructions. 8. Use only replacement components that have the same ratings, especially for flame resistance and dielectric specifications. A replacement part that does not have the same safety characteristics as the original may create shock, fire, or other safety hazards. ESD Precautions 1. Certain semiconductor devices can be easily damaged by static electricity. Such components are commonly called ‘Electrostatically Sensitive (ES) Devices’, or ESDs. Examples of typical ESDs are: integrated circuits, some field effect transistors, and semiconductor ‘chip’ components. The techniques outlined below should be followed to help reduce the incidence of component damage caused by static electricity. CAUTION Ensure no power is applied to the chassis or circuit, and observe all other safety precautions. 2. Immediately before handling a semiconductor component or semiconductor-equipped assembly, discharge any electrostatic charge on your body by touching a known earth ground. Alternatively, employ a commercially available wrist strap device, which should be removed for your personal safety reasons prior to applying power to the unit under test. 3. After removing an electrical assembly equipped with ESDs, place the assembly on a conductive surface, such as aluminum or copper foil, or conductive foam, to prevent electrostatic charge buildup in the vicinity of the assembly. 4. Use only a grounded tip soldering iron to solder or desolder ESDs. Use only an ‘anti-static’ solder removal device. Some solder removal devices not classified as ‘anti-static’ can generate electrical charges sufficient to damage ESDs. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 v Introduction Safety Precautions Health and Safety Incident reporting 2. I. Summary This section defines requirements for notification of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products (equipment and materials) at customer locations. II. Scope 3. Xerox Corporation and subsidiaries worldwide. Field Service Operations shall: a. Preserve the Xerox product involved and the scene of the incident inclusive of any associated equipment located in the vicinity of the incident. b. Return any affected equipment/part(s) to the location designated by Xerox EH&S and/or the Business Division. c. Implement all safety retrofits. Xerox EH&S shall: a. Manage and report all incident investigation activities. III. Objective b. Review and approve proposed product corrective actions and retrofits, if necessary. To enable prompt resolution of health and safety incidents involving Xerox products and to ensure Xerox regulatory compliance. c. Manage all communications and correspondence with government agencies. d. Define actions to correct confirmed incidents. VI. Appendices IV. Definitions The Health and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox Product (Form # EH&S-700) is available in the following locations: Incident: An event or condition occurring in a customer account that has resulted in injury, illness or property damage. Examples of incidents include machine fires, smoke generation, physical injury to an operator or service representative. Alleged events and product conditions are included in this definition. • On electronic documentation (EDOC), located in the folder \safety. • In the hardcopy, located at the end of the manual. V. Requirements Initial Report: 1. Xerox organisations shall establish a process for individuals to report product incidents to Xerox Environment Health & Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of the event. 2. The information to be provided at the time of reporting is contained in Appendix A (Health and Safety Incident Report involving a Xerox product). 3. The initial notification may be made by any of the following methods: • • For incidents in North America and Developing Markets West (Brazil, Mexico, Latin American North and Latin American South): – Phone* Xerox EH&S at: 1-800-828-6571. – Electronic mail Xerox EH&S at: [email protected]. – Fax Xerox EH&S at: 1-585-422-6449 [intelnet 8*222 6449]. For incidents in Europe and Developing Markets East (Middle East, Africa, India, China and Hong Kong): – Phone* Xerox EH&S at: +44 (0) 1707 353434. – Electronic mail Xerox EH&S at: [email protected]. – Fax Xerox EH&S at: +44 (0) 1707 353914 [intelnet 8*668 3914]. *Initial notification made by phone must be followed within 24 hours by a completed incident report and sent to the indicated electronic mail address or fax number. NOTE: If sending a fax, please also send the original via internal mail. Responsibilities for resolution: 1. Business Groups/Product Design Teams responsible for the product involved in the incident shall: a. Manage field bulletins, customer correspondence, product recalls, safety retrofits. b. Fund all field retrofits. Introduction Health and Safety Incident reporting March 2004 vi Work Centre M20 Family Translation of Warnings DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. Introduction Warnings, Cautions And Notes WARNING A warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. DANGER: Une note Danger est utilisée chaque fois qu'une procédure d'utilisation ou de maintenance peut être cause de blessure si elle n'est pas strictement respectée. AVVERTENZA: Un segnale di avvertenza è utilizzato ogni volta che una procedura operativa o di manutenzione, una pratica, una condizione o un'istruzione, se non strettamente osservata, potrebbe causare lesioni personali. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. VORSICHT: Weist darauf hin, dass ein Abweichen von den angeführten Arbeits- und Wartungsanweisungen gesundheitliche Schäden, möglicherweise sogar schwere Verletzungen zur Folge haben kann. Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working. AVISO:Un aviso se utiliza siempre que un procedimiento de operación o mantenimiento, práctica o condición puede causar daños personales si no se respetan estrictamente. DANGER : Ne pas travailler dans un espace restreint. 1 mètre d'espace est nécessaire pour un dépannage en toute sécurité. WARNING AVVERTENZA: Non lavorare in uno spazio limitato; è necessario uno spazio di almeno un metro attorno alla macchina per la sicurezza dell'operatore. Follow the service procedure exactly as written. Use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in this manual, may result in an exposure to invisible laser radiation. During servicing, the invisible laser radiation can cause eye damage if looked at directly. DANGER : Les procédures de dépannage doivent être suivies à la lettre. Si les réglages ou vérifications ne sont pas effectués suivant les instructions de ce manuel, il peut y avoir un risque d'exposition dangereuse au faisceau laser. Celui-ci peut provoquer des lésions oculaires s'il est observé directement. AVVERTENZA: Eseguire le procedure di servizio esattamente come descritto. L'utilizzo di dispositivi di controllo o di registrazione diversi da quelli riportati in questo manuale potrebbe comportare un'esposizione a radiazioni laser invisibili. Tali radiazioni possono danneggiare gli occhi se si guarda direttamente il fascio laser durante gli interventi di servizio. VORSICHT: Die Wartungsarbeiten genau den Anweisungen entsprechend durchführen. Der Umgang mit Steuer- oder Bedienelementen, deren Verwendung nicht ausdrücklich in diesem Handbuch angewiesen wurde, kann dazu führen, dass unsichtbare Laserstrahlung frei gesetzt wird. Direkter Blickkontakt mit dem Laserstrahl kann bleibende Augenschäden verursachen. AVISO: Siga los procedimientos de mantenimiento tal como están descritos. El uso de controles o ajustes no especificados en este manual puede tener como resultado la exposición a radiación láser invisible. Durante las operaciones de mantenimiento, la radiación de láser invisible puede causar daños en los ojos si se mira directamente a ella. WARNING VORSICHT: Nur mit ausreichendem Bewegungsspielraum (1 m) arbeiten. AVISO: No trabaje en un espacio reducido. Se necesita 1 metro de espacio para trabajar con seguridad. SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer’s supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 1 Service Call Procedures 2 Status Indicator RAPs SCP 1 Initial Actions 1.1 Power Failure RAP WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer’s supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'ali- Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 vii Introduction Translation of Warnings mentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury. DANGER : Prendre des précautions lors du relevé de la tension de la prise de courant alternatif. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. AVVERTENZA: Procedere con cautela durante la misurazione della tensione CA della rete. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte. VORSICHT: Bei der Netzspannungsprüfung stets vorsichtig vorgehen AVISO: Tenga cuidado al medir la tensión de la línea de alimentación de corriente alterna. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. 5.1 Load Document RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 5.2 Document Jam RAP WARNING pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 6.1 LSU Error RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Avoid exposure to laser beam. Invisible laser radiation. DANGER : Eviter toute exposition au faisceau laser. Radiation laser invisible. AVVERTENZA: Evitare l'esposizione al fascio laser. Radiazioni laser invisibili. VORSICHT: Nicht in den Laserstrahl blicken. Verletzungsgefahr durch unsichtbare Laserstrahlung. AVISO: Evite la exposición al rayo láser. Radiación de láser invisible. 8.1 Door Open RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Introduction Translation of Warnings March 2004 viii Work Centre M20 Family VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. 8.2 Bypass Jam RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 8.3 Duplex Jam RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 8.4 Paper Jam 0 Open/Close Door RAP WARNING Work Centre M20 Family VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 8.5 Paper Jam 1 Open/Close Door RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. 8.6 Paper Jam 2 Open/Close Door RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimenta- March 2004 ix Introduction Translation of Warnings tion électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 9.2 Non-Xerox Toner Cartridge RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. WARNING AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 8.7 No Paper Add Paper RAP AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 9.3 Drum Warning RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. WARNING AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 9.1 Install Cartridge RAP AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Introduction Translation of Warnings 9.4 Replace Drum RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer March 2004 x Work Centre M20 Family supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 10.1 Low Heat Error RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. 9.5 Toner Empty RAP VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 9.6 Toner Low RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. Work Centre M20 Family AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. 10.2 Open Heat Error RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. March 2004 xi WARNING Introduction Translation of Warnings Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. 20.2 Scan to E-mail Error Messages RAP DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. WARNING AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 10.3 Over Heat Error RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 20.3 Fax Faults Without a Message RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. 20.1 Fax Error Messages RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. Introduction AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. Translation of Warnings DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. OF1 Function Impossible RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les March 2004 xii Work Centre M20 Family WARNING pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. OF2 IP Conflict RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 3 Image Quality RAPs IQ1 Blank Copies RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. WARNING AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. OF3 Use Auxiliary Access RAP AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. OF4 Audible Noise RAP Work Centre M20 Family IQ2 Black Copies From the Scanner RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azi- March 2004 xiii Introduction Translation of Warnings onare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ3 Blurred Image From the Scanner RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ6 Light Image RAP WARNING AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ4 Vertical Black Lines or Bands RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ5 Vertical White Lines RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer Introduction Translation of Warnings AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ7 Dark Image RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Leb- March 2004 xiv Work Centre M20 Family ensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. injury. Moving parts can cause injury. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. IQ8 Background RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ9 Ghost Images RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ10 Stains on Back of Paper RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or Work Centre M20 Family VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ11 Poor Fusing RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. IQ12 Partial Blank Image (Not Periodic) RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. March 2004 xv Introduction Translation of Warnings AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ13 Partial Blank Image (Periodic) RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ16 Periodic Printing Defects Check RAP WARNING AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ14 Different Image Density (Left and Right) RAP WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. IQ15 Horizontal Bands RAP WARNING Introduction Translation of Warnings AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. 4 Repairs and Adjustments REP 1.1 SMPS + HVPS WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli March 2004 xvi Work Centre M20 Family interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. Work Centre M20 Family DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. REP 1.2 PBA Main REP 2.1 ELA HOU OPE Assembly WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. REP 4.1 ELA HOU - Drive Assembly WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. March 2004 xvii Introduction Translation of Warnings DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. REP 4.2 MEA Unit - Rear Cover WARNING DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. REP 4.3 PMO Cover Exit Rear WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. REP 4.4 ELA HOU - Frame Main Assembly WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. REP 5.1 ELA HOU - DADF Introduction Translation of Warnings AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. March 2004 xviii WARNING Work Centre M20 Family Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. mentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. WARNING Avoid exposure to laser beam. Invisible laser radiation. DANGER : Eviter toute exposition au faisceau laser. Radiation laser invisible. AVVERTENZA: Evitare l'esposizione al fascio laser. Radiazioni laser invisibili. WARNING Do not remove the DADF while the DADF is lowered. In the lowered position the counterbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released. DANGER : Ne pas retirer le CAD alors qu'il est en position basse. Dans cette position, les ressorts compensateurs sont compressés et peuvent entraîner des blessures s'ils se relâchent. VORSICHT: Nicht in den Laserstrahl blicken. Verletzungsgefahr durch unsichtbare Laserstrahlung. AVISO: Evite la exposición al rayo láser. Radiación de láser invisible. REP 7.1 MEC Unit - Tray Assembly WARNING AVVERTENZA: non rimuovere l'alimentatore automatico documenti quando è abbassato. In questa posizione, le molle del contrappeso sono compresse e possono causare lesioni al rilascio. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. VORSICHT: Vorlageneinzug nicht in abgesenkter Position entfernen. Bei abgesenktem Vorlageneinzug sind die Ausgleichsfedern zusammengedrückt und können bei Freigabe Verletzungen verursachen. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVISO: No quite el alimentador de documentos automático si está bajado. Cuando está bajado, los resortes de contrapeso están comprimidos y pueden causar lesiones al soltarse. REP 6.1 Unit - LSU WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'ali- Work Centre M20 Family AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. March 2004 xix Introduction Translation of Warnings WARNING pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING REP 8.1 ELA HOU - Side Cover Assembly Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. REP 8.3 Transfer Roller Assembly WARNING VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING REP 8.2 MEA Unit - Duplex Assembly Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que Introduction Translation of Warnings March 2004 xx Work Centre M20 Family WARNING podrían producir lesiones. REP 8.4 ELA HOU - MP Assembly Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. REP 8.6 ELA HOU - Pickup Assembly VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. REP 8.5 MEA Unit - Feed Roller Assembly AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. REP 10.1 ELA HOU - Fuser Assembly VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. Work Centre M20 Family AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les March 2004 xxi Introduction Translation of Warnings pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. REP 10.3 MEA Unit - Cover PA Exit Assembly WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. DANGER : Ne pas toucher au four pendant qu'il est encore chaud. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. AVVERTENZA: Non toccare il fonditore quando è caldo. VORSICHT: Fixierbereich erst berühren, wenn dieser abgekühlt ist. WARNING AVISO: No toque el fusor mientras está caliente. REP 10.2 MEC - Exit Assembly Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azionare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. REP 14.1 ELA HOU - Scanner Assembly VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Introduction Translation of Warnings AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. DANGER : Couper l'alimentation électrique de la machine. Déconnecter le cordon d'alimentation de la prise pendant les activités de dépannage ne nécessitant pas d'alimentation électrique. L'électricité peut entraîner des blessures graves voire mortelles. Les pièces mobiles peuvent également présenter un danger. AVVERTENZA: Spegnere la macchina. Scollegare il cavo elettrico dalla presa durante gli interventi che non richiedono elettricità. L'elettricità può causare infortuni o morte e azi- March 2004 xxii Work Centre M20 Family onare parti della macchina che possono causare lesioni personali. VORSICHT: Gerät ausschalten. Bei Wartungsarbeiten, die keine Stromzufuhr erfordern, Netzstecker ziehen! Bei Kontakt mit der Netzspannung besteht Verletzungs- und Lebensgefahr. Bei beweglichen Teilen besteht Verletzungsgefahr. AVISO: Apague la máquina. Desconecte el cable de alimentación de la toma de corriente mientras efectúa tareas que no necesitan energía eléctrica. La electricidad puede causar lesiones e incluso la muerte. Las piezas móviles pueden causar lesiones. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. DANGER : Exécuter cette procédure avec précaution. La présence de bords tranchants peut entraîner des blessures. AVVERTENZA: procedere con cautela durante questa procedura. Possono essere presenti oggetti con bordi taglienti pericolosi. VORSICHT: Bei diesem Vorgang vorsichtig vorgehen, damit keine Verletzungen durch die scharfen Kanten entstehen. AVISO: Tenga cuidado al efectuar este procedimiento. Puede haber bordes afilados que podrían producir lesiones. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 xxiii Introduction Translation of Warnings Introduction Translation of Warnings March 2004 xxiv Work Centre M20 Family 1 Service Call Procedures SCP 1 Initial Actions........................................................................................................ SCP 2 First Call Actions .................................................................................................. SCP 3 Normal Call Actions ............................................................................................. SCP 4 Fault Analysis ...................................................................................................... SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance ..................................................................................... SCP 6 Final Actions ........................................................................................................ SCP 7 Machine Configurations and Options................................................................... 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-6 1-6 1-7 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 1-1 Service Call Procedures Service Call Procedures March 2004 1-2 Work Centre M20 Family SCP 1 Initial Actions SCP 2 First Call Actions Initial Actions are used to gather information on the machine performance First Call Actions are used for the first service call. The Service Call Procedures section is used to identify a suspected problem with the machine. Procedure Start a service call with this procedure and end with SCP 6 Final Actions. Also refer to SCP 7 Machine Features. 1. Check the machine configuration with the customer. Check that all required hardware and software is installed and/or enabled. 2. Check that all the relevant machine settings are correctly entered, refer to GP 2. 3. Mark off any hardware/software options and modifications installed and/or enabled on the Tag matrix card. 4. If a fault is present, go to SCP 3 Normal Call Actions. If there is no fault present, go to SCP 6 Final Actions. 5. Enter the machine details and the customer details in the service logbook. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer’s supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Do not work in a confined space. 1m (39 inches) space is needed for safe working. NOTE: Ignore any references in this manual to options not installed on the machine. 1. Take note of symptoms or error messages. 2. Ask the operator to describe or demonstrate the problem. 3. Make sure that: a. The power cord is connected to the wall outlet and to the machine. b. Documents are not loaded in the DADF or on the document glass. c. Paper is loaded correctly and all paper trays and covers are closed d. If installed, the telephone line cable is connected correctly between the line socket and the wall jack. e. If installed, the telephone line is good. f. If installed, the USB cable, parallel printer cable or network connection is installed correctly. 4. If available, check the machine service log book for any previous actions that may be relevant to the call. 5. If this is the first service call to this machine perform SCP 2 First Call Actions, otherwise go to SCP 3 Normal Call Actions. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 1-3 Service Call Procedures SCP 1, SCP 2 SCP 3 Normal Call Actions SCP 4 Fault Analysis Normal Call Actions are used to determine the reason for the service call. Fault Analysis is used to identify a fault. Procedure Procedure NOTE: If a fault message appears at any time. Refer directly to the RAP for the fault message and perform the procedure. Perform the following: When diagnosing or repairing a fault in a particular subsystem, exercise the machine in all modes until the fault is determined. In the instance of finding more than one fault or failure, correct one fault before going to the next fault. If no fault is found, go to SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance. 1. Review any defective print or copy samples. 2. Determine that the user accessible settings are correct. If necessary refer to the user documentation. 3. Check all job queues and verify with the customer any requirement to print the documents in memory, before switching off the power or clearing memory. • • 5.2 Document Jam RAP. 4. Print the Billing/Counters report, then record the total print count, refer to GP 3. • 6.1 LSU Error RAP. 5. Go to SCP 4 Fault Analysis. • 8.1 Door Open RAP. Fault Messages If a fault message is displayed, go to the relevant RAP: 5.1 Load Documents RAP. • 8.2 Bypass Jam RAP. • 8.3 Duplex Jam RAP. • 8.4 Paper Jam 0 Open/Close Door RAP. • 8.5 Paper Jam 1 Open/Close Door RAP. • 8.6 Paper Jam 2 Check Inside RAP. • 8.7 No Paper Add Paper RAP. • 9.1 Install Cartridge RAP. • 9.2 Non-Xerox Toner Cartridge RAP. • 9.3 Drum Warning RAP. • 9.4 Replace Drum RAP. • 9.5 Toner Empty RAP. • 9.6 Toner Low RAP. • 10.1 Low Heat Error RAP. • 10.2 Open Heat Error RAP. • 10.3 Over Heat Error RAP. • 20.1 FAX Error Messages RAP. • 20.2 Scan to E-mail Error Messages RAP. • OF1 Function Impossible RAP. • OF2 IP Conflict RAP. • OF3 Use Auxiliary Access RAP. Power Failure If the machine fails to power on, go to the 1.1 Power Failure RAP. Image Quality Defects If the image quality is defective, go to the relevant RAP: Service Call Procedures SCP 3, SCP 4 • IQ1 Blank Copies RAP. • IQ2 Black Copies From the Scanner RAP. • IQ3 Blurred Image From the Scanner RAP,. • IQ4 Vertical Black Lines or Bands RAP. March 2004 1-4 Work Centre M20 Family • IQ5 Vertical White Lines RAP. • GP 17 PBA OPE Operation. • IQ6 Light Image RAP • GP 18 PBA LIU Operation. • IQ7 Dark Image RAP. • GP 19 SMPS Unit Operation. • IQ8 Background RAP • GP 20 Acronyms and Parts Description List. • IQ9 Ghost Images RAP. • GP 21 DADF Document Feeding Specifications. • IQ10 Stains on Back of Paper RAP. • GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications. • IQ11 Poor Fusing RAP. • GP 23 Service Log. • IQ12 Partial Blank Image (Not Periodic RAP). • IQ13 Partial Blank Image (Periodic) RAP. • IQ14 Different Image Density (Left and Right) RAP. • IQ15 Horizontal Bands RAP. • IQ16 Periodic Printing Defects Check RAP. For image quality specifications, refer to the following: • IQS 1 Solid Area Density. • IQS 2 Skew. • IQS 3 Registration. Fax Faults If the machine has a fax fault, go to the 20.3 Fax Faults Without a Message RAP. Audible noise If the machine is making an unusual noise, go to the OF4 Audible Noise RAP. Machine Settings To make any adjustments to the machine, refer to ADJ 1.1 Machine Settings. Additional Information If necessary, refer to the following general procedures and information: • GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. • GP 2 User Mode Entry. • GP 3 Service Mode Entry. • GP 4 Fax Setup. • GP 5 Memory Clear. • GP 6 Maintenance. • GP 7 Reports. • GP 8 Firmware Upgrade. • GP 9 Identify Sale Date (M20i Only). • GP 10 General Disassembly Precautions. • GP 11 Machine Specifications. • GP 12 Circuit Description. • GP 13 Circuit Operation. • GP 14 Scanner Operation. • GP 15 Host Interface. • GP 16 Engine Controller. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 1-5 Service Call Procedures SCP 4 SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance SCP 6 Final Actions Subsystem Maintenance contains information regarding the Component Life of the machine. Final Actions are used to evaluate the total operation of the system and to identify the actions required to complete the service call. Component Life Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer’s supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. The component life outlined in Table 1 is a general guideline for maintenance. The example list is for an average usage of 50 transmitted and received documents per day. Environmental conditions and actual use will vary these factors. The component life shown in Table 1 is for reference only. Complete the following, if a fault is identified, return to SCP 4 Fault Analysis: • Perform the end of call subsystem maintenance actions, SCP 5 Subsystem Maintenance. • Exercise the machine in all modes, making copies and/or prints from all trays, utilising the DADF and the document glass, If a fault message is displayed or some other problem is evident, go to SCP 4 Fault Analysis. • Make a proof copy or print of a customer document. • If any of the customers selections were changed, return them to the customers preferred settings, refer to GP 2. • Mark off any hardware/software options and modifications installed and/or enabled on the Tag matrix card. • At the first service and at any subsequent service where changes are made or options are added, print the configuration report and store it in the plastic folder along with the machine log book. Discard any previous versions of the configuration report that may be in the plastic folder. Remove and destroy any copies of test patterns. Table 1 Component life expectancies Part Component life Parts list reference MEA Unit - holder DADF rubber 20k feeds PL 5.13 Item 7 MEA unit - pickup 50k feeds PL 5.13 Item 17 RPR rubber pickup 50k feeds PL 8.25 Item 16 Rubber pickup small 50k feeds PL 8.25 Item 17 Rubber - roller pickup 50k feeds PL 7.15 Item 9 • Rubber - roller pickup S 50k feeds PL 7.15 Item 10 • Complete the machine service log book, refer to GP 23 Service Log. Transfer roller 100k prints PL 8.10 Item 33 • Ensure the machine and service area are clean before leaving the customer premises. • Provide customer training if required. ELA HOU - fuser assembly 100k prints PL 9.10 Item 4 ELA - toner unit set 8k prints PL 9.10 Item 2 ELA - OPC unit set 20k prints PL 9.10 Item 1 Service Call Procedures SCP 5, SCP 6 March 2004 1-6 Work Centre M20 Family SCP 7 Machine Configurations and Options Machine Configurations and Options Refer to Table 1 for the CopyCentre C20, WorkCentre M20 and WorkCentre M20i configurations and options. Table 1 Machine Configurations Features CC C20 WC M20 WC M20i Basic copier with paper tray 1 Yes Yes Yes Paper tray 2 Optional Optional Optional Bypass tray Yes Yes Yes Stand Optional Optional Optional Duplex assembly Yes Yes Yes DADF Yes Yes Yes Direct printing No Yes Yes Scan to file No Yes Yes Network printing No Optional (see note 1) Yes Fax No No Yes Scan to e-mail No Optional (see note 1) Yes Qwerty keyboard No Optional (see note 1) Yes Foreign device interface Optional Optional Optional Network connectivity kit No Optional No Postscript 3 DIMM No Optional (see note 1) Yes Onboard memory (32Mb) Yes Yes Yes Extra memory (48Mb) No No Yes Extra memory (32Mb) No Optional (see note 1) No NOTE: 1. These components are only available as part of the network accessories kit. NOTE: 2. This service manual covers all the above configurations. Within this manual ignore any references to options that are not installed. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 1-7 Service Call Procedures SCP 7 Service Call Procedures SCP 7 March 2004 1-8 Work Centre M20 Family 2 Status Indicator RAPs 1.1 Power Failure RAP.................................................................................................... 5.1 Load Document RAP ................................................................................................ 5.2 Document Jam RAP.................................................................................................. 6.1 LSU Error RAP .......................................................................................................... 8.1 Door Open RAP ........................................................................................................ 8.2 Bypass Jam RAP ...................................................................................................... 8.3 Duplex Jam RAP ....................................................................................................... 8.4 Paper Jam 0 Open/Close Door RAP......................................................................... 8.5 Paper Jam 1 Open/Close Door RAP......................................................................... 8.6 Paper Jam 2 Check Inside RAP................................................................................ 8.7 No Paper Add Paper RAP......................................................................................... 9.1 Install Cartridge RAP................................................................................................. 9.2 Non-Xerox Toner Cartridge RAP .............................................................................. 9.3 Drum Warning RAP................................................................................................... 9.4 Replace Drum RAP ................................................................................................... 9.5 Toner Empty RAP ..................................................................................................... 9.6 Toner Low RAP ......................................................................................................... 10.1 Low Heat Error RAP................................................................................................ 10.2 Open Heat Error RAP ............................................................................................. 10.3 Over Heat Error RAP .............................................................................................. 20.1 Fax Error Messages RAP ....................................................................................... 20.2 Scan to E-mail Error Messages RAP ...................................................................... 20.3 Fax Faults Without a Message RAP ....................................................................... OF1 Function Impossible RAP ........................................................................................ OF2 IP Conflict RAP ....................................................................................................... OF3 Use Auxiliary Access RAP ...................................................................................... OF4 Audible Noise RAP.................................................................................................. Work Centre M20 Family 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-6 2-6 2-7 2-7 2-8 2-8 2-9 2-9 2-10 2-10 2-11 2-11 2-12 2-12 2-13 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17 March 2004 2-1 Status Indicator RAPs Status Indicator RAPs March 2004 2-2 Work Centre M20 Family 1.1 Power Failure RAP 10. If the fault is still present, install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 1. Use this RAP to identify the cause of a power supply failure. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care when measuring AC mains (line) voltage. Electricity can cause death or injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: Throughout this procedure, where further steps require the reconnection of a component, ensure they are reconnected before performing the next step. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1, Wiring Diagram 2, Wiring Diagram 3 and Wiring Diagram 4. Perform the following: 1. Ensure the supply voltage is correct. If possible, connect the machine to a known good power supply. If the original power supply is faulty, inform the customer. 2. Disconnect the power cord from the power outlet and the machine. Check the continuity of the power cord. If necessary, install a new power cord, PL 1.10 Item 20. 3. Disconnect the inline connector between the CBF harness - inlet, PL 1.10 Item 8 and the CBF power switch grey, PL 1.10 Item 3. Measure the AC supply voltage between pins 1 and 2 on the inline connector. Repair the wiring as necessary. 4. Disconnect CON1 on the SMPS + HVPS. Measure the AC supply voltage between pins 1 and 3 on the connector. If necessary, install a new CBF power switch grey, PL 1.10 Item 2. 5. Check the voltages at both sides of the fuses on the SMPS + HVPS: • Fuse F1 - 110V (NASG) or 220/240V (XE). • Fuse F2 - 110V (NASG) or 220/240V (XE). • Fuse F3 - 5VDC. If necessary, install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 1. NOTE: Fuses F1, F2 and F3 are not spared. 6. Switch off the power to the machine. Disconnect all harnesses on the SMPS + HVPS, other than CON1 and CON101. 7. Switch on the power to the machine. If the machine switches on, perform step 8. If the machine fails to switch on, perform step 9. 8. Sequentially reconnect each connector onto the SMPS + HVPS. When the faulty circuit has been identified, repair the wiring or install components as necessary. 9. Reconnect all connectors to the SMPS + HVPS. Disconnect all connectors on the PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Sequentially reconnect each connector onto the PBA main. If the faulty circuit is identified, repair the wiring or install components as necessary. If the machine still fails to switch on, install the following components as necessary: • CBF harness - power + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 3. • PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-3 Status Indicator RAPs 1.1 5.1 Load Document RAP 5.2 Document Jam RAP The machine has detected a no document loaded, when a document is required. The machine has detected a jammed document in the DADF. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 5. Perform the following: Refer to Wiring Diagram 5. Perform the following: 1. Load a document and try again. 1. 2. Check that the PMO - actuator DOC moves freely, PL 5.13 Item 12. Open the DADF and clear the jam. Raise the duplex guide. Ensure the area is clean and free from paper. 3. If necessary, install a new ELA HOU - DADF SUB, PL 5.10 Item 31. 2. Ensure the customer is not attempting to feed documents that are outside specification. Refer to GP 21 DADF Document Feeding Specifications. 3. Clean the DADF pickup roller, PL 5.13 Item 17 and MEA unit DADF rubber, PL 5.13 Item 9. 4. Check the following sensors: • PBA SUB - DOC width, PL 5.13 Item 10. • PMO - actuator REGI, PL 5.10 Item 10. • PBA - SUB - gate, PL 5.14 Item 10. • PBA SUB - REGI, PL 5.10 Item 9. • PBA SUB - exit open, PL 5.13 Item 11. NOTE: It is not possible to test the DADF sensors using GP 1, Engine Test Mode Entry. 5. Status Indicator RAPs 5.1, 5.2 March 2004 2-4 If necessary, install a new ELA HOU - DADF SUB, PL 5.10 Item 31. Work Centre M20 Family 6.1 LSU Error RAP 8.1 Door Open RAP The machine has detected that the LSU unit has not come to the ready state at the expected time. The machine has detected that the right hand side cover is open. When the cover is open, there is no +5V supply to the LSU laser unit and no +24V supply to the main motor, the LSU laser unit motor or the HVPS. Procedure Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Avoid exposure to laser beam. Invisible laser radiation. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 4. Perform the following: Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Close the right hand cover. 1. Switch off the machine. Switch on the machine. 2. 2. The CBF - harness; switch - micro, PL 4.15 Item 20, controls the +5V supply to the unit LSU. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check the CBF - harness; switch - micro and install a new part as necessary. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check the CBF - harness; switch - micro. 3. If necessary, install new components 3. If the fault persists, check the CBF harness - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 2. Repair or install a new part as necessary. 4. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the LSU motor test to check the operation of the LSU motor. 5. Install a new unit - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 1. 6. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-5 • CBF - harness; switch - micro, PL 4.15 Item 20. • PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Status Indicator RAPs 6.1, 8.1 8.2 Bypass Jam RAP 8.3 Duplex Jam RAP The machine has detected a failure to feed from the bypass tray. The machine has detected the paper jam during duplex printing. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 4. Perform the following: Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Check that the area at the bypass tray is clean and that the PMO actuator MP moves freely, PL 8.20 Item 12. 1. Open the right hand cover. Remove all jammed paper. 2. Check that the paper path is clear and undamaged. 2. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check the (ME) PBA sub MP sensor. 3. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check the following sensors. Install new components as necessary: 3. If necessary, install new components • PBA SUB - MP SEN, PL 8.20 Item 24. • PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Status Indicator RAPs 8.2, 8.3 • FD. This is the feed sensor, part of the PBA SUB - feed & P.EMP SEN, PL 8.25 Item 12. • EX. This is the PBA SUB - exit sensor, PL 4.15 Item 22. • OB. This is the PBA SUB - bin full sensor, PL 10.10 Item 20. 4. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry and check that the motor step - MCK2 (main) and the motor DC - MCK2 (BLDC) run. Install new components as necessary, PL 4.20. 5. Rotate the duplex drive gears at the rear of the machine to remove any paper. The gears should rotate freely. Install new components as necessary, PL 8.10 and PL 8.11. 6. Disconnect the power cord from the machine and remove the rear cover. Manually rotate, in a counter clockwise direction, the motor DC - MCK2 (BLDC), PL 4.20 Item 4. Observe the PMO - roller feed, PL 8.15 Item 10. Check that the PMO - roller feed rotates when the motor is rotated. Install new components as necessary. 7. Manually rotate, in a counter clockwise direction, the motor step - MCK2 (main), PL 4.20 Item 2. Observe the PM - roller FD F, PL 10.10 Item 16. Check that the PM - roller FD F rotate when the motor is rotated. Install new components as necessary. 8. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. March 2004 2-6 Work Centre M20 Family 8.4 Paper Jam 0 Open/Close Door RAP 8.5 Paper Jam 1 Open/Close Door RAP The machine has failed to detect paper at the feed sensor. The machine has detected paper jammed in the fuser area. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. WARNING Open the right hand cover. Remove all jammed paper. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 2. Open the paper tray. Remove all jammed paper. Close the paper tray. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 3. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check FD. This is the feed sensor, part of the PBA SUB - Feed & P.EMP SEN, PL 8.25 Item 12. 1. Open the right hand cover. Remove all jammed paper from the fuser area. Ensure that the paper path is clear. 4. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry and check the motor DC - MCK2 (BLDC). Install new components as necessary, PL 4.20. 2. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check EX. This is the PBA SUB - exit sensor, PL 4.15 Item 22. 5. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry and using the MP solenoid test. Check the operation of the solenoid - pickup, PL 4.10 Item 25. Install new components as necessary. 3. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Check that the motor step - MCK2 (main) (fuser motor) runs. Install new components as necessary, PL 4.20. 6. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. 4. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-7 Status Indicator RAPs 8.4, 8.5 8.6 Paper Jam 2 Check Inside RAP 8.7 No Paper Add Paper RAP The machine has detected paper at the output sensor. The machine does not detect paper in the paper tray. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Add paper to the paper tray. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 2. If necessary, enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry and check FE. This is the paper entry sensor, part of the PBA SUB - feed & P.EMP SEN, PL 8.25 Item 12. 3. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. 1. Remove all of the jammed paper from the exit area. 2. Open the right hand cover. Remove all paper. 3. Check that the paper path is clear. 4. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check OB. This is the PBA SUB - bin full sensor, PL 10.10 Item 20. 5. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Check that the motor step - MCK2 (main) (fuser motor) runs. Install new components as necessary, PL 4.20. 6. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Status Indicator RAPs 8.6, 8.7 March 2004 2-8 Work Centre M20 Family 9.1 Install Cartridge RAP 9.2 Non-Xerox Toner Cartridge RAP The toner cartridge is not installed or the CRUM in the toner cartridge is not in good contact with the PMO Housing Terminal MC2. The machine detects an incompatible toner cartridge. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Perform the following: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 and Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Ensure that the cartridge is the correct Xerox cartridge for the machine, ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. Go to GP 1. Perform the Toner State test. 2. Go to GP 1. Perform the Toner State test. If the test cannot be performed, check the CRUM contact within the holder terminal, PL 4.15 Item 7. 3. If the test cannot be performed, check the CRUM contact within the holder terminal, PL 4.15 Item 7. Install new components as necessary: 4. Install new components as necessary: 1. Install the ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. 2. 3. 4. • ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. • ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. • PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. • PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-9 Status Indicator RAPs 9.1, 9.2 9.3 Drum Warning RAP 9.4 Replace Drum RAP The drum cartridge is near the end of the design life. The message indicates that the drum has reached 18,000 print pages. The drum life is 20,000 print pages. The drum cartridge has reached the end of the design life of 20,000 print pages. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 and Wiring Diagram 4. Perform the following: No immediate action is necessary. Ensure that a replacement cartridge is in stock, ELA - 1. Install a new ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. 2. Go to GP 1. Perform the OPC Fuse State test and the OPC Fuse Check test. 3. Check for continuity between the spring contacts at the rear PMO frame main, PL 4.15 Item 11, and CN22 on the PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. 4. If the message persists, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Status Indicator RAPs 9.3, 9.4 March 2004 2-10 Work Centre M20 Family 9.5 Toner Empty RAP 9.6 Toner Low RAP The machine has detected that the toner cartridge is empty. The machine has detected that the toner cartridge is almost empty. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Perform the following: 1. 1. Install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. 2. If the message persists, check the PBA SUB - toner RX, PL 4.15 Item 23, and the PBA SUB - toner TX, PL 8.25 Item 5. 3. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Work Centre M20 Family The toner may be unevenly distributed. Remove the ELA - toner unit set and gently shake it. If the message persists, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. March 2004 2-11 Status Indicator RAPs 9.5, 9.6 10.1 Low Heat Error RAP 10.2 Open Heat Error RAP The fuser has failed to reach the correct operating temperature or a disconnected thermistor has been detected. During normal operation, the temperature has dropped below the operating level. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 and Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1 and Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: 1. Switch off the machine. Remove the ELA HOU - fuser assembly. Check that the thermistor is clean and is in good contact with the fuser roll. Switch off the machine, then switch on the machine. 2. Go to GP 1. Perform Fuser Temp Check to verify the condition of the thermistor. 2. Check the wiring from the thermistor to the PBA main. 3. Go to GP 1. Perform Fuser Control Test to verify the heating lamp. 3. 4. Switch off the machine. Remove the ELA HOU - fuser assembly. Check that the thermistor is in good contact with the fuser roll and is clean. Check for continuity between the two pins on the ELA HOU - fuser assembly, where the fuser connects to the IPR terminal fuser, PL 4.15 Item 28. 5. Check for continuity between the two pins on the ELA HOU - fuser assembly, where the fuser connects to the IPR terminal fuser, PL 4.15 Item 28. NOTE: A cold fuser will have a resistance of approximately 46 ohms (220V/240V) or approximately 14 ohms (110V). NOTE: A cold fuser will have a resistance of approximately 46 ohms (220V/240V) or approximately 14 ohms (110V). 4. Check that there is continuity through the fuser heater and across the over temperature cut-out. 5. If necessary, install a new ELA HOU - fuser assembly, PL 9.10 Item 4. 6. If necessary, install a new ELA HOU - fuser assembly, PL 9.10 Item 4. 6. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. 7. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. 7. If necessary, install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 4. 8. If necessary, install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 4. Status Indicator RAPs 10.1, 10.2 March 2004 2-12 Work Centre M20 Family 10.3 Over Heat Error RAP 20.1 Fax Error Messages RAP The fuser temperature has risen above the normal level. Although the fuser unit can return to a normal operating temperature, the fuser unit may consequently be damaged. This is the set of messages displayed when the machine encounters fax problems. The messages are listed alphabetically, together with any recommended actions. Please note that the service actions are limited. If the machine has a fax fault without displaying a message, go to the 20.3 Fax Faults Without a Message RAP. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Messages WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Comm Error Refer to Wiring Diagram1, Wiring Diagram 2 and Wiring Diagram 3. Perform the following: Communication failure has occurred with either Fax transmission or reception. Try re-sending the Fax. 1. Switch off the machine. Remove the fuser unit. Examine the ELA HOU - fuser assembly for heat damage. If necessary, install a new ELA HOU - fuser assembly, PL 9.10 Item 4. 2. Check that the thermistor is connected to the PBA main. Group not available 3. Check that the thermistor is clean and in good contact with the fuser roll. 4. Check the wiring from CN5 on the PBA main to CON101 on the SMPS + HVPS. The user has selected a group location where only a single location can be used, or when the group location is unavailable. Try again, checking for the correct group location. 5. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. 6. If necessary, install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 4. Incompatible The remote party does not have the feature the user has requested, for example, polling. Line Busy The remote party did not answer. Wait and try again. Line Error There is a problem with the phone line, affecting transmission or reception. Try again and if necessary, wait for the line to clear. Memory Full The Fax data memory is full. Delete any unnecessary documents awaiting transmission, or wait until more memory becomes available, or split the current Fax in to smaller units. No Answer It has not been possible to connect to the remote Fax, even after re-dial attempts. Check that the remote Fax is on line and try again. No. Not Assigned No number has been assigned for the speed dial location selected. Assign a number to this location or dial the number manually. Power Failure During a power-off period, the machine has lost its user memory. Check that the backup battery on the Main PBA is holding its charge of about +3V. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-13 Status Indicator RAPs 10.3, 20.1 20.2 Scan to E-mail Error Messages RAP Retry Redial? This indicates that the machine is waiting to re-dial. Press Start to re-dial immediately, or press Stop to cancel the re-dial procedure. This is the set if messages displayed when the machine encounters scan to e-mail problems. The messages are listed alphabetically, together with any recommended action. Please note that service actions are limited. Messages WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Address Book Full The address book has reached the maximum number of entries. Clear any unused entries. Authentication Failure Either the ESMTP account identity or the password has failed the authentication process. Ensure that the correct data in entered. Authentication Required The mail server requires that authentication data is entered, or the authentication process has been disabled. Configured already The user is attempting to configure a group that has already been configured. Connection Failure There has been a communication or network failure during the SMTP or ESMTP operation. Email Associated Cannot Delete The user has attempted to delete an address book entry that is associated with group mail. Remove the group mail association then remove the entry. Empty Address Book The user has attempted to retrieve an address while the address book is empty. Enter Again The user has attempted to enter an invalid group number. Entry Already Exists The user has attempted to enter an address that already exists in the address book. Group Empty The user has attempted to delete a number from a group that is already empty. Status Indicator RAPs 20.1, 20.2 March 2004 2-14 Work Centre M20 Family Group Full 20.3 Fax Faults Without a Message RAP The user has attempted to enter a number into a group that is full. Try deleting unused numbers. Use this RAP when the machine has a fax fault but does not display a message. If a fax fault message is displayed, go to the 20.1 Fax Error Messages RAP. Invalid Email ID Procedure The user has attempted to enter an invalid email ID. Expamples are: • Spaces in the ID • Invalid starting character such as '.', '+', '_', '@' • More than one '@' WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Invalid Login The user has attempted to enter an invalid login name or corresponding password. Refer to Wiring Diagram 4. Perform the following: Invalid Server or Port Number The user has selected the incorrect SMTP server or port number. Mail Too Large The machine is unable to split the mail and send it. This can occur when the machine is configured to send a maximum mail size. For example 1.0MB and the scanned mail page exceeds this size. Not Assigned The user has attempted to use a group mail that has no email assigned to it. Assign email to the group or type the email manually, using the Qwerty keyboard. 1. Ensure the telephone line cable is properly connected into the line connector on the PBA LIU. 2. Check the CBF harness - LIU, PL 1.10 Item 15 from CN37 on the PBA main to CN3 on the PBA LIU. 3. Ensure the correct dialing mode is selected. Refer to GP 4 System Data. 4. Use a known good telephone handset or a line test tool to check the telephone line. 5. If necessary, install a new PBA LIU, PL 1.10 Item 13. 6. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Recipient Address Failure The email address used has not been recognised. Send Error (SMTP) The machine cannot connect to the server, or has lost contact due to a network problem. One of the following Simple Mail Transfer Protocol errors may have occurred: • SMTP_SERVER_DISCONNECTION - The SMTP server has been disconnected. • SMTP_ENCODER_FAILURE - The Network Interface Card has returned this error due to an encoding activity failure • SMTP_MEMORY_FAILURE - The Network Interface Card has returned this error due to a memory failure during the SMTP operation. • SMTP_MISC_ERROR - The Network Interface Card has returned this error due to any miscellaneous failure during the SMTP operation. SMTP DNS CONN. Failure A DNS failure has occurred. The Domain Name System has failed to translate the address correctly. SMTP DNS Domain Error A DNS failure has occurred due to a domain error. SMTP SERVER CONN. Failure An SMTP connection failure has occurred. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-15 Status Indicator RAPs 20.2, 20.3 OF1 Function Impossible RAP OF2 IP Conflict RAP The selected mode is not supported in the current machine configuration. The machine has detected a problem connected with IP addresses. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. This message is for information only. 1. If copying, select a different copying mode. 2. If this fault occurs during Scan-to-Email, refer to Wiring Diagram 2 and Wiring Diagram 4. Check the following: • QWERTY connector. If necessary, install a new PBA SUB - OPE joint, PL 2.11 Item 9 • In-line memory module. If necessary, install a new SDRAM - DIMM, PL 1.10 Item 12. Status Indicator RAPs OF1, OF2 March 2004 2-16 Work Centre M20 Family OF3 Use Auxiliary Access RAP OF4 Audible Noise RAP The machine has detected that there is no credit in the foreign device. To isolate and identify the source of unusual noises. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Refer to Wiring Diagram 2. Perform the following: Ask the customer if there are any specific machine functions that are noisy. Identify the source of the noise by exercising the machine in all modes 1. If there is credit in the foreign device, check the wiring between the foreign device and the PBA foreign device interface. 2. Check the wiring between the PBA foreign device interface and the PBA main. If necessary, install a new PBA foreign device interface harness, PL 1.10 Item 17. 3. If necessary, install a new PBA foreign device interface, PL 1.10 Item 16. 4. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. To isolate the noise within an assembly perform the following: • To run the motor step - MCK2 (main), enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode. Perform the fuser motor test. • To run the motor DC - MCK2 (BLDC), enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode. Perform the BLDC motor test. • To run the unit LSU motor, enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode. Perform the LSU motor test. • To run the motor step - SCF, enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode. Perform the SCF motor test. The following are possible causes and potential solutions. Go to the relevant procedure: • Squeaks. • Unusual Noise from the ELA HOU Scanner Assembly. Squeaks Possible causes are: • Contamination of the bushes and drive shafts. Solution: • – Clean the components. – Plastic bushes should be cleaned and lubricated. – Install new components as necessary. Bearing in cooling fans Solution: – • Install new components as necessary. Mis-adjusted or worn drive belts. Solution: – • Install new components as necessary. Mis-aligned or damaged parts. Solution: • Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 2-17 – Check for parts that are damaged or out of position. – Adjust the components if appropriate. – Install new components as necessary. Noise from the DADH input tray document guides. Status Indicator RAPs OF3, OF4 Solution: – Clean the DADH input tray in the area beneath the input guides. Unusual Noise from the ELA HOU Scanner Assembly Possible causes are: • Mis-aligned or damaged parts. • Defective motor driver. Solution: • Check the position of the motor step - scan and associated gears, PL 14.11. • Ensure the ELA HOU - CCD module, PL 14.11 Item 16, moves freely. • Install new components as necessary. Status Indicator RAPs OF4 March 2004 2-18 Work Centre M20 Family 3 Image Quality Image Quality RAPs IQ1 Blank Copies RAP .................................................................................................... IQ2 Black Copies From the Scanner RAP ...................................................................... IQ3 Blurred Image From the Scanner RAP..................................................................... IQ4 Vertical Black Lines or Bands RAP .......................................................................... IQ5 Vertical White Lines RAP ......................................................................................... IQ6 Light Image RAP ...................................................................................................... IQ7 Dark Image RAP ...................................................................................................... IQ8 Background RAP ...................................................................................................... IQ9 Ghost Images RAP................................................................................................... IQ10 Stains on Back of Paper RAP ................................................................................ IQ11 Poor Fusing RAP.................................................................................................... IQ12 Partial Blank Image (Not Periodic) RAP ................................................................. IQ13 Partial Blank Image (Periodic) RAP ....................................................................... IQ14 Different Image Density (Left and Right) RAP........................................................ IQ15 Horizontal Bands RAP............................................................................................ IQ16 Periodic Printing Defects Check RAP .................................................................... 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-12 Image Quality Specifications IQS 1 Solid Area Density ................................................................................................ IQS 2 Skew ..................................................................................................................... IQS 3 Registration ........................................................................................................... Work Centre M20 Family 3-13 3-14 3-14 March 2004 3-1 Image Quality Image Quality March 2004 3-2 Work Centre M20 Family IQ1 Blank Copies RAP IQ2 Black Copies From the Scanner RAP Use this RAP when the machine produces blank copies. Use this RAP when the scanner produces black copies, but on-line printing is normal. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Determine the source of the problem. Make a print. Make a copy. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Perform the following: If the fault appears only in the copy mode, perform the following: 1. Ensure the scanner cover is closed. Room illumination can be transmitted through thin originals. 2. Go to GP 6, Maintenance, and perform the Adjust Shading procedure. 1. Go to GP 6 Maintenance, and perform the Adjust Shading procedure. 2. Check the ribbon cable between the ELA HOU - CCD module and the PBA main. If necessary, install a new CBF signal - CCD FFC, PL 14.11 Item 17. 3. If necessary, install a new ELA HOU - CCD module, PL 14.11 Item 16. 4. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. If the fault appears in all modes, perform the following: 1. Examine the ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2 and the ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. Ensure they are free from all packing or sealing material. 2. Shake the ELA - toner unit set. If there is a slight improvement in the image, the ELA toner unit set is empty. Install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. 3. Go to GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry and perform the LSU tests, test 1. 4. Perform the following as necessary. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3: • The LSU is supplied with +5V through the CBF - harness. Enter GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Use the sensor test to check the CBF - harness; switch micro. Check that both micro switches in the CBF - harness; Switch Micro are switching; one controls the +5V to the unit - LSU. If necessary, install a new CBF - harness; switch micro, PL 4.15 Item 20. 5. 6. • Check the wiring between the unit - LSU and the PBA main. Repair or install a new CBF harness - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 2, as necessary. • Install a new unit - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Go to GP 1, Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform test number 5 to check the MHV ADC and THV ADC read values. If necessary perform the following: • Check the contact springs supplying the voltages to the ELA - OPC unit set and the wiring to the SMPS + HVPS. • Install a new ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. • Install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 4. Print a test pattern. For example, print the help list from the reports menu, GP 2 User Entry Mode. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 3-3 Image Quality IQ1, IQ2 IQ3 Blurred Image From the Scanner RAP IQ4 Vertical Black Lines or Bands RAP Use this RAP when the scanner produces blurred images. Use this RAP when there are black lines or bands along the process direction, as shown in Figure 1. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. Ensure that the gap between the original and the scanner glass, MCT glass DADF, PL 14.10 Item 4, is less than 0.5mm. 2. If necessary, go to GP 6 Maintenance, and perform the Adjust Shading procedure. Figure 1 Vertical black line and band Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. If the defect is only present on received faxes, ensure the defect is not being generated by the fax machine that is transmitting the fax. 2. If the defect is only present when making copies, clean the MCT glass scanner, PL 14.10 Item 12. 3. If the defect is only present when making copies from the DADF, clean the MCT glass DADF, PL 14.10 Item 4 4. Lightweight media can cause fusing problems that may result in vertical lines. Ensure the customer is using media that is within specification. Refer to GP 22. 5. The fuser may be contaminated. Make 10 blank copies. If necessary, install a ELA HOU fuser assembly, PL 9.10 Item 4. 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Check that the harness between the unit - LSU and the PBA main is correctly and securely connected. 7. Install new components as necessary: • • • Image Quality IQ3, IQ4 March 2004 3-4 ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. Unit - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 1. Work Centre M20 Family IQ5 Vertical White Lines RAP IQ6 Light Image RAP Use this RAP when there are white lines along the process direction, as shown in Figure 1. Use this RAP when the machine produces light images in all modes, as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1 Vertical white lines Figure 1 Light image Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2 and the ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. Ensure there are no obstructions that block the unit - LSU from imaging the ELA - OPC unit set. NOTE: For solid print area specifications, refer to IQS 1 Solid Area Density. Go to GP 1. Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform the Toner State test. If necessary, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. 1. Ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper or media size in the trays. 2. Go to GP 1. Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform the Toner State test. If necessary, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. 3. Examine the ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2 and the ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1 and ensure they are free from all packing or sealing material. 4. Go to GP 6, Maintenance, and perform the Adjust Shading procedure. 5. Refer to REP 6.1. Lift out the unit - LSU. Clean the unit - LSU window, using a clean, lintfree cloth. If necessary, install a new unit - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 1. 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Go to GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform test number 5 to check the MHV ADC and THV ADC read values. As necessary perform the following: 2. 3. Refer to REP 6.1. Lift out the unit - LSU. Clean the unit - LSU window using a clean, lintfree cloth. If necessary, install a new unit - LSU, PL 6.10 Item 1. Work Centre M20 Family Perform the following: March 2004 3-5 • Check the contact springs supplying the voltages to the ELA - OPC unit set and the wiring to the SMPS + HVPS. • Install a new ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. Image Quality IQ5, IQ6 • 7. Clean any contamination on the ELA - toner unit set. If necessary, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. Ensure the transfer roller contacts, which are housed within the PMO - housing terminal MC2 are not deformed. If necessary install a new ELA HOU - frame main assembly, PL 4.15 Item 1. NOTE: The PMO - housing terminal MC2 is not spared. 8. Install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 4. IQ7 Dark Image RAP Use this RAP when the machine produces dark images in all modes. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. Go to GP 6, Maintenance, and perform the Adjust Shading procedure. 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Perform the following: 4. Image Quality IQ6, IQ7 Ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper or media size in the trays. 2. March 2004 3-6 • Check the spring contacts and the wiring to the SMPS + HVPS. • If necessary, install a new SMPS + HVPS, PL 1.10 Item 4. Print a test pattern. For example, print the help list from the menu. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Work Centre M20 Family IQ8 Background RAP IQ9 Ghost Images RAP Use this RAP when the printed sheets have a dark or spotted background, as shown in Figure 1. Use this RAP when the printed sheets have ghost images, as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1 Ghost images Figure 1 Background Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. 1. Ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper or media size in the trays. Also, ensure the media is within specification, refer to GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications. 2. Ensure the machine is being operated in the correct environmental conditions. Refer to GP 11 Machine Specifications. 3. Check for contamination of the ELA - toner unit set, and if necessary install a new ELA toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. Measure the distance between the image and the ghosted image. Refer to Table 1 to determine the possible cause of the defect. Table 1 Ghosted image distance Defect distance Roller Component 94.3mm ELA - OPC unit drum P/O ELA - OPC unit drum Parts List Ref. PL 9.10 Item 1 38.3mm Charge roller P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 PL 9.10 Item 2 4. Clean any contamination on the ELA - OPC unit set and if necessary, install a new ELA OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. 43.8mm Supply roller P/O ELA toner unit set 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram 1. Perform the following: 54.3mm Developer roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 • Go to GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform test number 5 to check the MHV ADC and THV ADC read values. 51.9mm Cleaning roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 56.6mm Transfer roller Transfer roller PL 8.10 Item 33 • Check that the high voltage spring contacts are clean and connected. • Check the high voltage wiring to the SMPS + HVPS. 82.6mm Heat roller P/O ELA HOU - fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 • Install a new SMPS + HVPS as necessary, PL 1.10 Item 4. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 3-7 Image Quality IQ8, IQ9 IQ10 Stains on Back of Paper RAP Table 1 Ghosted image distance Defect distance Roller Component Parts List Ref. 91.1mm Pressure roller P/O ELA HOU - fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 Use this RAP when the printed sheets have stains on the non-image side of the paper. Procedure WARNING • If the distance between the image and the defect matches the heat roller or pressure roller, perform the following: – – • 2. Ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper or media size in the trays. Ensure the media is within specification, refer to GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications. Go to GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform the Fuser Temp Check. Ensure the fuser is operating within the correct temperature range, refer to GP 11 Machine Specifications. If the distance between the image and the defect matches the ELA - OPC unit drum or the charge roller, go to GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform the PTL (PreTransfer Lamp), test. As necessary, perform the following: – Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Check the wiring between the PBA SUB - PTL and the PBA main. – Install a new PBA SUB - PTL, PL 8.25 Item 6. – Install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. Check the transfer roller, PL 8.10 Item 33 and clean as necessary. 2. Check the paper path for dirt and contamination. Clean as required. 3. Check the ELA HOU - fuser assembly and if necessary, install a new ELA -HOU - fuser assembly, PL 9.10 Item 4. Clean any contamination around the ELA - toner unit set area and if necessary, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. Image Quality IQ9, IQ10 March 2004 3-8 Work Centre M20 Family IQ11 Poor Fusing RAP IQ12 Partial Blank Image (Not Periodic) RAP Use this RAP when the image is improperly fused. Use this RAP when the printed sheets have blank areas, not forming a regular pattern. Procedure Procedure WARNING WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. Perform the following: 1. Ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper or media size in the trays. Also ensure the media is within specification, refer to GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications. 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram 3. Measure the voltage across the thermistor at CN7 on the PBA main. The voltage measured should be 2.3V±5%. 3. Examine the ELA - HOU fuser assembly and ensure the thermistor is in good contact with the heat roll and is clean. If necessary, go to the 10.1 Low Heat Error RAP or the 10.2 Open Heat Error RAP. 4. Ensure the machine is being operated in the correct environmental conditions. Refer to GP 11 Machine Specifications. 5. If the machine has been standing in a low temperature environment for a long time, try to bring the environment up to a warmer temperature before re-trying the machine. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 3-9 Go to GP 1. Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform the Toner State test. If necessary, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. Image Quality IQ11, IQ12 IQ13 Partial Blank Image (Periodic) RAP IQ14 Different Image Density (Left and Right) RAP Use this RAP when the printed sheets have blank areas that form a regular, or repeated, pattern. Use this RAP when the printed sheets have different areas of image density across the process direction. An example is shown in Figure 1. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. Measure the distance between the image and the defect. Refer to Table 1 to determine the possible cause of the defect. Table 1 Defect distance Defect distance Roller Component 94.3mm ELA - OPC unit drum P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 38.3mm Charge roller P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 43.8mm Supply roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 54.3mm Developer roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 51.9mm Cleaning roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 56.6mm Transfer roller Transfer roller PL 8.10 Item 33 WARNING 82.6mm Heat roller P/O ELA HOU - fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 91.1mm Pressure roller P/O ELA HOU - fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Install new components as necessary. Image Quality IQ13, IQ14 Parts List Ref. Figure 1 Image density Procedure NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. The transfer roller pressure may be unbalanced. Check the spring pressure at each end, PL 8.11 Item 6 and PL 8.11 Item 10. Install new components as necessary. 2. Shake the ELA - toner unit set to evenly distribute the toner. Go to GP 1. Engine Test Mode Entry. Perform the Toner State test. If necessary, install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. 3. Go to GP 3. Perform the Clean Drum routine. If necessary, install a new ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1. 4. If necessary install a new ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2. March 2004 3-10 Work Centre M20 Family IQ15 Horizontal Bands RAP Table 1 Defect distance Use this RAP when the image has bands appearing across the process direction. An example is shown in Figure 1. Defect distance Roller Component Parts List Ref. 51.9mm Cleaning roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 56.6mm Transfer roller Transfer roller PL 8.10 Item 33 82.6mm Heat roller P/O ELA HOU - fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 91.1mm Pressure roller P/O ELA HOU - fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 Install new components as necessary. 4. Clean the charge roller and if necessary, install a new ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. 5. Check the condition of the ELA HOU - fuser assembly and if necessary, install a new ELA HOU - fuser assembly, PL 9.10 Item 4. 6. If necessary, install a new PBA main, PL 1.10 Item 9. Figure 1 Horizontal bands Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Perform the following: 1. Check the high voltage spring contacts and clean if necessary. Check that the contact is good. 2. Go to GP 3. Perform the Clean Drum routine. If necessary, install a new ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1. 3. Measure the distance between the image and the defect. Refer to Table 1 to determine the possible cause of the defect. Table 1 Defect distance Defect distance Roller 94.3mm ELA - OPC unit drum P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 38.3mm Charge roller P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 43.8mm Supply roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 54.3mm Developer roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 Work Centre M20 Family Component Parts List Ref. March 2004 3-11 Image Quality IQ15 IQ16 Periodic Printing Defects Check RAP Use this RAP when the printed image shows regular patterns in black or white, across the process direction. Procedure WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Go to GP 3. Perform the Clean Drum routine. If necessary, install a new ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1. 2. Measure the distance between the repeated black or white abnormality. Refer to Table 1 identify the possible cause. Table 1 Abnormal image distance Defect distance Kind of abnormal image Roller Component Parts List Ref. 94.3mm White spot. Black spot ELA - OPC unit drum P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 38.3mm White spot. Black spot Charge roller P/O ELA - OPC unit drum PL 9.10 Item 1 43.8mm Horizontal dark band Supply roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 54.3mm Horizontal dark band Developer roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 51.9mm Black side contamination/transfer fault Cleaning roller P/O ELA toner unit set PL 9.10 Item 2 56.6mm Black spot, White spot Transfer roller Transfer roller PL 8.10 Item 33 82.6mm Black side contamination Heat roller P/O ELA HOU fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 91.1mm Kind of abnormal image Pressure roller P/O ELA HOU fuser assembly PL 9.10 Item 4 Install new components as necessary. 3. If the defect appears to be fuser related, ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper or media size in the trays. Also, ensure the media is within specification, refer to GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications. Image Quality IQ16 March 2004 3-12 Work Centre M20 Family IQS 1 Solid Area Density Documents Test pattern: 82P524 and the solid area density scales, 82E8230 (SIR 542.00) or 82P448 (SIR 494.00). Specification Make a copy of the test pattern. Compare the copy with the solid area density scale. The density of the 1.0 areas on the copy of the test pattern, must be as dark or darker than the 0.8 reference on the solid area density scale. Refer to Figure 1. Figure 1 Solid area density Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 3-13 Image Quality IQS 1 IQS 2 Skew IQS 3 Registration Documents Documents Test pattern: 82P524. Test pattern: 82P524 Specification Specifications Refer to Table 1, Skew specifications. Refer to Table 1. Table 1 Skew specifications Skew Specification Print Skew Max: +/-2.5mm (7/64 inch) per 250mm (10 inches) (+/-1%) Image Quality IQS 2, IQS 3 Table 1 Registration measurement Registration Specification Lead edge 4mm (5/32 inches) +/- 3mm (1/8 inches) Top edge 4mm (5/32 inches) +/- 3mm (1/8 inches) March 2004 3-14 Work Centre M20 Family 4 Repairs and Adjustments REP 1.1 SMPS + HVPS.................................................................................................. REP 1.2 PBA Main.......................................................................................................... REP 2.1 ELA HOU OPE Assembly ................................................................................. REP 4.1 ELA HOU - Drive Assembly .............................................................................. REP 4.2 MEA Unit - Rear Cover ..................................................................................... REP 4.3 PMO Cover Exit Rear ....................................................................................... REP 4.4 ELA HOU - Frame Main Assembly ................................................................... REP 5.1 ELA HOU - DADF ............................................................................................. REP 6.1 Unit - LSU ......................................................................................................... REP 7.1 MEC Unit - Tray Assembly ............................................................................... REP 8.1 ELA HOU - Side Cover Assembly .................................................................... REP 8.2 MEA Unit - Duplex Assembly............................................................................ REP 8.3 Transfer Roller Assembly ................................................................................. REP 8.4 ELA HOU - MP Assembly ................................................................................. REP 8.5 MEA Unit - Feed Roller Assembly .................................................................... REP 8.6 ELA HOU - Pickup Assembly ........................................................................... REP 10.1 ELA HOU - Fuser Assembly ........................................................................... REP 10.2 MEC - Exit Assembly ...................................................................................... REP 10.3 MEA Unit - Cover PA Exit Assembly .............................................................. REP 14.1 ELA HOU - Scanner Assembly ....................................................................... ADJ 1.1 Machine Settings ............................................................................................... Work Centre M20 Family 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-13 4-20 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-29 4-31 4-32 4-33 4-39 March 2004 4-1 Repairs and Adjustments Repairs and Adjustments March 2004 4-2 Work Centre M20 Family REP 1.1 SMPS + HVPS • Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal • THV (red wire, blue shield) • MHV 4. OPC (green wire, blue shield) Remove the SMPS + HVPS, Figure 2. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. 1 Disconnect the inline connector. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the MEA unit - cover PA exit assembly, REP 10.3. 2. Remove the IPR - shield SMPS upper, Figure 1. 1 Remove 3 screws, then the IPR - shield SMPS upper. 2 Remove the SMPS + HVPS. Figure 2 SMPS + HVPS removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure both ground harnesses are reconnected to the IPR - shield SMPS upper. Figure 1 IPR - shield SMPS upper removal 3. Disconnect the following connectors from the SMPS + HVPS: • CON2 • CON102 • CON101 • CON103 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-3 Repairs and Adjustments REP 1.1 REP 1.2 PBA Main Parts List on PL 1.10 Removal 2 Remove 2 screws, then the PBA LIU. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1 Disconnect CN35. Figure 1 PBA LIU removal CAUTION 4. Disconnect the CNs from the PBA main. Ensure that E.S.D. procedures are observed during the removal and installation of the main PBA. Make a visual check to ensure that the pins are fully inserted, without being damaged. 5. If installed, remove the PBA SUB - NPC3 - MFP, PL 1.10 Item 14, SDRAM - DIMM, PL 1.10 Item 12, PBA ETC - PS - DIMM, PL 1.10 Item 11, PBA foreign device interface, PL 1.10 Item 16 and PBA foreign device interface harness, PL 1.10 Item 17. 6. Remove the PBA main, Figure 2. 1. If a new PBA main is to be installed, go to GP 2. Print the System Data list and Connect Page (M20i only) list. 2. Remove the MEA unit - rear cover, REP 4.2. 3. Remove the PBA LIU, Figure 1. Repairs and Adjustments REP 1.2 March 2004 4-4 Work Centre M20 Family REP 2.1 ELA HOU OPE Assembly 1 Parts List on PL 2.10 and PL 2.11 Removal WARNING Remove 6 screws, then the PBA main. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU scanner assembly, perform REP 14.1, steps 1 through 8. 2. Remove the PBA SUB - OPE joint, Figure 1. Figure 2 PBA main removal Replacement 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2. If a new PBA main has been installed, perform a memory clear, GP 5. 3. If a new PBA main has been installed, re-enter the machine serial number. Refer to GP 6 Maintenance. 4. If a new PBA main has been installed, use the information on the System Data list and Connect Page (M20i only) list to re-enter the customers settings. Refer to GP 2 User Mode Entry. 1 2 Disconnect the CBF - signal OPE FFC. Remove 4 screws, then the PBA SUB - OPE joint. Figure 1 PBA SUB - OPE joint removal 3. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-5 Remove the PBA SUB - OPE, Figure 2. Repairs and Adjustments REP 1.2, REP 2.1 2 Carefully remove the PBA SUB - OPE. 1 Remove the rubber contacts. 1 Remove 13 screws. Figure 3 Rubber contacts removal 5. Remove the key pads, Figure 4. Figure 2 PBA SUB - OPE removal 4. Remove the rubber contacts, Figure 3. 1 Remove the key pads. Figure 4 Key pads removal Repairs and Adjustments REP 2.1 March 2004 4-6 Work Centre M20 Family 6. If installed, remove the cover E-mail, Figure 5. 8. Remove the key plate, Figure 7. 1 Remove the cover E-mail by gently squeezing together the locking tabs located on the underside of the assembly. 1 Remove key plate. Figure 7 Key plate removal 9. Figure 5 Cover E-mail removal 7. Remove the E-mail key pad, Figure 8. Remove PBA SUB E-mail, Figure 6. 1 Remove 5 screws, then the PBA SUB E-mail. 1 Remove E-mail key pad. Figure 8 E-mail key pad removal Figure 6 PBA SUB E-mail removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-7 Repairs and Adjustments REP 2.1 REP 4.1 ELA HOU - Drive Assembly 1 Parts List on PL 4.20 Removal Disconnect CN13. WARNING 2 Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Release the harness. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION 3 Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. Remove 1 screw, then the ELA HOU - duct fan. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the MEA unit - rear cover, REP 4.2. 2. Prepare to remove the ELA HOU - drive assembly, Figure 1. 1 Disconnect CN15 and CN16. Figure 2 ELA HOU - duct fan removal 4. Remove the ELA HOU - drive assembly, Figure 3. 1 Remove 4 screws and disconnect 2 ground harnesses. 2 Remove the ELA HOU drive assembly. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Remove the ELA HOU - duct fan, Figure 2. Figure 3 ELA HOU - drive assembly removal Repairs and Adjustments REP 4.1 March 2004 4-8 Work Centre M20 Family Replacement REP 4.2 MEA Unit - Rear Cover 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. To make the replacement of the drive assembly easier, pull out the ELA - OPC unit set PL 9.10 Item 1 and ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2 approximately 100mm (4 inches). Parts List on PL 4.25 Removal 2. Ensure both ground harnesses are reconnected to the ELA HOU - drive assembly. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the 6 screws securing the MEA unit - rear cover, Figure 1. 1 Remove 6 screws. Figure 1 Screw removal 2. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-9 Separate the MEA unit - rear cover from the ELA HOU - base frame assembly and ELA HOU - scanner assembly, Figure 2. Repairs and Adjustments REP 4.1, REP 4.2 REP 4.3 PMO Cover Exit Rear Parts List on PL 4.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. 1 Remove the MEA unit - rear cover. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the SMPS + HVPS, REP 1.1. 2. Remove the PMO - connect paper MFP, Figure 1. Figure 2 MEA unit - rear cover removal Replacement 1 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Remove the thumbscrew, then the PMO - connect paper MFP. Figure 1 PMO - connect paper MFP removal 3. Repairs and Adjustments REP 4.2, REP 4.3 March 2004 4-10 Remove the PMO cover exit rear, Figure 2. Work Centre M20 Family REP 4.4 ELA HOU - Frame Main Assembly 1 Remove 1 screw, then the PMO cover exit rear. Parts List on PL 4.15 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA - toner unit set, PL 9.10 Item 2 and the ELA - OPC unit set, PL 9.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the ELA HOU - side cover assembly, REP 8.1. 3. Remove the ELA HOU - drive assembly, REP 4.1. 4. Remove the ELA HOU - fuser assembly, REP 10.1. 5. Remove the unit - LSU, REP 6.1. 6. Remove the PMO exit cover rear, REP 4.3. 7. Remove the PMO - dummy base frame, PMO - cam jam remove and MEA unit - cover front assembly, Figure 1. Figure 2 PMO cover exit rear removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-11 Repairs and Adjustments REP 4.3, REP 4.4 1 1 Remove 5 screws. Remove 1 screw, then the cover bracket motor. 2 Remove the PMO dummy base frame, then the cam. 2 Remove the PMO lock developer. 3 Remove the MEA unit - cover assembly. Figure 2 Cover bracket motor removal 9. Prepare to remove the ELA HOU - frame main assembly, Figure 3. 1 Disconnect CN19, CN22, CN23 and CN30. Figure 1 Dummy base frame removal 8. Remove the cover bracket motor and PMO lock developer, Figure 2. Figure 3 Preparation Repairs and Adjustments REP 4.4 March 2004 4-12 Work Centre M20 Family REP 5.1 ELA HOU - DADF 10. Remove the ELA HOU main frame assembly, Figure 4. 2 Remove 7 screws, then the ELA HOU - frame main assembly. Parts List on PL 5.10, PL 5.11, PL 5.12, PL 5.13 and PL 5.14 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING 1 Release the harnesses. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the MEA unit - rear cover, REP 4.2. 2. Disconnect the CBF harness - DSUB, Figure 1. CBF harness - DSUB. Figure 4 ELA HOU - frame main assembly removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Figure 1 CBF harness - DSUB 3. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-13 Raise the DADF. Repairs and Adjustments REP 4.4, REP 5.1 WARNING 1 Do not remove the DADF while the DADF is lowered. In the lowered position the counterbalance springs are compressed and can cause injury when released. 4. Open the MEA unit - cover open. Remove the ELA HOU - DADF, Figure 2. Place the ELA HOU - DADF on a solid flat surface. 2 Tilt the ELA - HOU DADF forward then remove. Figure 3 MEA unit - cover open 1 6. Remove the front cover, Figure 4. Pull up the ELA HOU DADF. 1 Remove 1 screw. 2 Unclip the front cover, then remove the front cover. Figure 2 ELA HOU - DADF removal 5. Open the MEA unit - cover open, Figure 3. Figure 4 Front cover removal 7. Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1 March 2004 4-14 Remove the rear cover, Figure 5. Work Centre M20 Family 9. 2 Prepare to remove the MEA unit cover open, Figure 7. NOTE: Removing the 4 screws that secure the guide - M scan assembly will ease the removal of the MEA unit cover open. Remove 2 screws, then the rear cover. 1 Remove 4 screws. 1 Release the PMO stopper exit. Figure 5 Rear cover removal 8. Remove the MEA unit - TX stacker, Figure 6. Figure 7 Preparation 10. Remove the MEA unit cover open, Figure 8. 2 Remove the MEA unit - TX stacker. Ensure the harness is released through the hole in the frame. 1 Disconnect CN3. Figure 6 MEA unit - TX stacker removal Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-15 Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1 2 Open the MEA unit - cover open 3 Align the flat on the rear pivot with the slot in the frame. Remove the MEA unit - cover open from the rear pivot, then the front pivot. 2 Remove the MEA unit support pick up assembly. Then disconnect the spring. 1 Disconnect CN5 and 1 ground harness. 1 Figure 8 MEA unit - cover open removal Remove 2 screws. 11. Remove the MEA unit guide duplex, Figure 9. 1 Figure 10 MEA unit support pick up assembly removal Remove the MEA unit guide duplex. 13. Remove the MEA unit - pickup, Figure 11. Figure 9 MEA unit guide duplex removal 12. Remove the MEA unit support pick up assembly, Figure 10. Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1 March 2004 4-16 Work Centre M20 Family 3 1 Remove 1 E-clip, then the bearing. If necessary, remove 4 screws. 2 Remove 1 E-clip, then the MEC clutch small (feed). 1 Disconnect the inline connector. 2 Remove the guide - M scan assembly. 4 Remove 1 E-clip, 1bearing, then the MEA unit - pickup. Figure 13 Guide - M scan assembly removal Figure 11 MEA unit - pickup removal 16. Prepare to remove the MEA unit guide pick up assembly, Figure 14. 1 14. Prepare to remove the guide - M scan assembly, Figure 12. Open the MEA unit cover exit assembly. 3 Disconnect ELA HOU cover open switch inline connector. 2 Disconnect CN4 and CN6. 2 Disconnect 2 ground harnesses. 1 Figure 14 Preparation Disconnect CN2. Figure 12 Preparation 17. Remove the MEA unit guide pickup assembly, Figure 15. 15. Remove the guide - M scan assembly, Figure 13. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-17 Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1 2 Remove 3 screws, then the guide - M duplex inner. 2 Remove the MEA unit guide pickup assembly. 1 1 Remove 3 screws. Remove 3 screws, then the guide - M duplex lower. Figure 16 Guide removal Figure 15 MEA unit guide pickup assembly removal 18. Remove the guides, Figure 16. Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1 19. Remove the cover - P gear, Figure 17. March 2004 4-18 Work Centre M20 Family 2 2 Remove 1 E-clip and the MEC - clutch small (duplex). Remove 3 screws, then the ELA HOU - DADF motor assembly. 1 Disconnect CN5. 1 Disconnect the MEC clutch small (duplex) inline connector. Figure 18 ELA HOU - DADF motor assembly removal 4 3 Disconnect the MEC - clutch small (registration) inline connector. 21. Remove the ELA HOU - duplex motor assembly, Figure 19. Remove 3 screws, disconnect 2 ground harnesses, then remove the cover P - gear. 1 Disconnect CN4. Figure 17 Cover - P gear removal 20. Remove the ELA HOU - DADF motor assembly, Figure 18. 2 Remove 3 screws, then the ELA HOU - duplex motor assembly. Figure 19 ELA HOU - duplex motor assembly removal Replacement 1. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-19 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. When reconnecting the inline connectors, ensure they are connected correctly: Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1 2. • The MEC clutch small (feed) connects to the black wires. REP 6.1 Unit - LSU • The MEC clutch small (registration) connects to the green wires. • The MEC clutch small (duplex) connects to the yellow wires. • The ELA HOU - cover open switch connects to the red wires. Parts List on PL 6.10 Removal Ensure the 2 ground harnesses are installed onto the cover P - gear and the 3 ground harnesses onto the guide - M scan assembly. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Avoid exposure to laser beam. Invisible laser radiation. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Repairs and Adjustments REP 5.1, REP 6.1 1. Remove the MEA unit - cover PA exit assembly, REP 10.3. 2. Prepare to remove the unit - LSU, Figure 1. March 2004 4-20 Work Centre M20 Family 1 Disconnect CN3. 1 Remove 3 screws, then the unit - LSU. Figure 1 Preparation 3. Remove the unit - LSU, Figure 2. Figure 2 Unit - LSU removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-21 Repairs and Adjustments REP 6.1 REP 7.1 MEC Unit - Tray Assembly Parts List on PL 8.11 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. 2 CAUTION Remove the front and rear PMO tray links, MP. Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Prepare to remove the MEC unit - tray assembly, Figure 1. 1 While holding the MEC unit - tray assembly vertically, disengage the front and rear PMO - tray links, MP. Figure 2 MEC unit - tray assembly removal Replacement 1 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Fully open the MEC unit tray assembly. 2 Separate the front and rear hinges by carefully pulling the MEC unit - tray assembly away from the machine. Figure 1 Preparation 2. Remove the MEC unit - tray assembly and PMO - tray links, MP, Figure 2. Repairs and Adjustments REP 7.1 March 2004 4-22 Work Centre M20 Family REP 8.1 ELA HOU - Side Cover Assembly 2 Parts List on PL 8.10 Removal Disengage the rear hinge. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Prepare to remove the ELA HOU - side cover assembly, Figure 1. 3 1 Disengage the front hinge. Remove the ELA HOU - side cover assembly. Figure 2 ELA HOU - side cover removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 2 1 Disengage both PMO - tie stoppers. Remove 2 screws. Figure 1 Preparation 2. Fully open the ELA HOU side cover assembly. Remove the ELA HOU - side cover assembly, Figure 2. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-23 Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.1 REP 8.2 MEA Unit - Duplex Assembly REP 8.3 Transfer Roller Assembly Parts List on PL 8.10 and PL 8.11 Removal WARNING Parts List on PL 8.11 Removal Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING WARNING WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU - side cover assembly, REP 8.1. 1. 2. Remove the MEA unit - duplex assembly, Figure 1. NOTE: For clarity, the MEA unit - duplex assembly is shown removed from the machine in Figure 1. 2 Remove the MEA unit - duplex assembly. 2. Open the ELA HOU - side cover assembly. Remove the transfer roller assembly, Figure 1. 2 Remove the transfer roller assembly. 1 Unclip the MEA unit - duplex assembly from the front and rear. Figure 1 MEA unit - duplex assembly removal 1 Unclip the front and rear bush holders. Replacement Figure 1 Transfer roller assembly removal Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.2, REP 8.3 March 2004 4-24 Work Centre M20 Family REP 8.4 ELA HOU - MP Assembly Parts List on PL 4.25 and PL 8.20 Removal WARNING 1 Remove 1 screw, then the PMO - cover feed. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU - frame main assembly, REP 4.4. 2. Disconnect CN27 and CN31, Figure 1. 1 Figure 2 PMO - cover feed removal Disconnect CN27 and CN31. 4. Prepare to remove the ELA HOU - MP assembly, Figure 3. 1 Remove 3 screws. Figure 1 Connectors 3. Remove the PMO - cover feed, Figure 2. Figure 3 Preparation 5. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-25 Remove the ELA HOU - MP assembly, Figure 4. Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.4 REP 8.5 MEA Unit - Feed Roller Assembly 3 Remove the ELA HOU MP assembly. Parts List on PL 8.15 Removal WARNING 1 Release the harness. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. 2 Unclip the ELA HOU - MP assembly by releasing the two clips from under the machine. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU - MP assembly, REP 8.4. 2. Pull out the tray 1 cassette assembly approximately 100mm (4 inches). 3. Prepare to remove the MEA unit - feed roller assembly, Figure 1. 1 Remove 3 screws. Figure 4 ELA HOU - MP assembly removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Figure 1 Preparation 4. Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.4, REP 8.5 March 2004 4-26 Remove the MEA unit - feed roller assembly, Figure 2. Work Centre M20 Family REP 8.6 ELA HOU - Pickup Assembly 1 Remove the MEA unit - feed roller assembly. Parts List on PL 8.25 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove tray 1 cassette assembly, PL 7.10 Item 1. 2. Remove the ELA HOU - drive assembly, REP 4.1. NOTE: For clarity, the machine is shown disassembled in Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 4. Figure 2 MEA unit - feed roller assembly removal 3. Disconnect CN17, CN24 and CN25, Figure 1. Replacement 1 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Disconnect CN17, CN24 and CN25. Figure 1 Connectors 4. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-27 Remove the MEA unit guide CST PA assembly, Figure 2. Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.5, REP 8.6 3 Carefully push a 2mm allen key (or similar tool) into the hole to release the bearing. 4 While the bearing is released, rotate it 90 degrees to align the clips with the cutouts in the machine frame. Slide the bearing forward to remove. 1 Remove 2 screws, then the MEA unit guide CST PA assembly. 2 1 Remove the gear pickup. Remove 2 screws, then the solenoid pickup. Figure 2 MEA unit guide CST PA assembly removal 5. Figure 3 Solenoid and gear pickup removal Remove the solenoid pickup and gear - pickup, Figure 3. CAUTION Do not damage the IPR GND input when removing the ELA HOU pickup plus assembly. 6. Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.6 March 2004 4-28 Remove the ELA HOU - pickup plus assembly, Figure 4. Work Centre M20 Family REP 10.1 ELA HOU - Fuser Assembly 1 Unclip the sensor cover. Parts List on PL 9.10 Removal WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. WARNING Do not touch the fuser while it is hot. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 4 Release the harnesses. 2 Remove the PMO - guide paper out. IPR - GND input. 1. Open the ELA HOU - side cover assembly, PL 8.10 Item 1. NOTE: For clarity, the ELA HOU - side cover assembly is shown removed from the machine in Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3. 3 2. Remove 5 screws, then the ELA HOU - pickup plus assembly. Figure 4 ELA HOU - pickup plus assembly removal Remove the cover sheet connector, Figure 1. 1 Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. When reinstalling the MEA unit guide CST PA assembly, ensure the PMO sheet guide paper, PL 4.25 Item 11 and the mylar strips, PL 4.25 Item 12 are not damaged. Remove 1 screw, then the cover sheet connector. Figure 1 Cover sheet connector removal Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-29 Repairs and Adjustments REP 8.6, REP 10.1 3. Disconnect the fuser connector, Figure 2. 1 1 Remove 3 screws, then the ELA HOU - fuser assembly. Disconnect the fuser connector. Figure 3 ELA HOU - fuser assembly removal Figure 2 Fuser connector Replacement 4. Remove the ELA HOU - fuser assembly, Figure 3. Repairs and Adjustments REP 10.1 Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. March 2004 4-30 Work Centre M20 Family REP 10.2 MEC - Exit Assembly 1 Parts List on PL 10.10 Removal Release the harnesses. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING 3 Remove the MEC - exit assembly. Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU - scanner assembly, perform REP 14.1 steps 1 through 7. 2. Open the ELA HOU - side cover assembly, PL 8.10 Item 1 and the MEA unit - cover front assembly, PL 4.25 Item 6. 3. Prepare to remove the MEC - exit assembly, Figure 1. 1 Disconnect CN6, CN7, CN8 and CN9. 2 Remove 3 screws. 2 Ensure the rollers are raised. Figure 2 MEC - exit assembly removal Replacement Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. 3 Unclip the front of the MEC - exit assembly. Figure 1 Preparation 4. Remove the MEC - exit assembly, Figure 2. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-31 Repairs and Adjustments REP 10.2 REP 10.3 MEA Unit - Cover PA Exit Assembly Replacement Parts List on PL 4.25 Removal Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. WARNING Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU - scanner assembly, perform REP 14.1 steps 1 through 7. 2. Remove the MEA unit cover PA exit assembly, Figure 1. 1 Remove 2 screws, then the MEA unit - cover PA exit assembly. Figure 1 MEA unit - cover PA exit assembly removal Repairs and Adjustments REP 10.3 March 2004 4-32 Work Centre M20 Family REP 14.1 ELA HOU - Scanner Assembly 1 Parts List on PL 14.10 and PL 14.11 Removal WARNING Remove 3 screws. Switch off the electricity to the machine. Disconnect the power cord from the customer supply while performing tasks that do not need electricity. Electricity can cause death or injury. Moving parts can cause injury. WARNING Take care during this procedure. Sharp edges may be present that can cause injury. CAUTION Before performing this procedure, refer to General Disassembly Precautions, GP 10. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. 1. Remove the ELA HOU - DADF, perform REP 5.1 steps 1 through 4. 2. Remove the MEA unit - rear cover, REP 4.2. 3. Disconnect the CCD and scan harnesses from the main PBA. Disconnect 2 ground harnesses from the shield P main lower, Figure 1. Figure 2 Screw removal 1 5. Disconnect the CCD and scan harnesses. Open the ELA HOU - side cover assembly and the MEA unit - cover front assembly, Figure 3. 2 Disconnect 2 ground harnesses. Figure 1 Harness removal 4. ELA HOU - side cover assembly. Remove 3 securing screws from the rear of the machine, Figure 2. MEA unit - cover front assembly. Figure 3 Opening covers Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-33 Repairs and Adjustments REP 14.1 6. Remove 2 securing screws from the front of the machine, Figure 4. 1 Lock the ELA HOU - CCD module. 1 Remove 2 screws. Figure 4 Screw removal 7. 2 Remove the ELA HOU scanner assembly by lifting from the front and sliding toward the rear. Remove the ELA HOU - scanner assembly, Figure 5. Figure 5 ELA HOU - scanner assembly removal 8. Repairs and Adjustments REP 14.1 March 2004 4-34 Remove the 3 screws securing the ELA HOU OPE assembly, Figure 6. Work Centre M20 Family CAUTION Do not allow the optics cavity to become contaminated. Contamination of the optics cavity can cause image quality defects. 10. Remove the five screws securing the ELA HOU scan upper assembly, Figure 8. 1 Remove 3 screws. Figure 6 Screw removal 9. 1 Remove the ELA HOU OPE assembly, Figure 7. Remove 5 screws. 2 Remove the ELA HOU OPE assembly. Figure 8 Screw removal 11. Remove the ELA HOU scan upper assembly, Figure 9. 1 Disconnect CN2. Figure 7 ELA HOU OPE assembly removal Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-35 Repairs and Adjustments REP 14.1 2 1 Remove the ELA HOU scan upper assembly. Remove 2 screws. 2 1 Unhook both sides of the ELA HOU scan upper assembly. Lift the left hand side of the A/S material dummy upper assembly, then slide it to the left to remove. Figure 9 ELA HOU scan upper assembly removal 12. Remove the A/S material dummy upper assembly, Figure 10. Figure 10 A/S material dummy upper assembly removal 13. Remove the IPR - channel base frame, Figure 11. 1 Remove 4 screws, then the IPR - channel base frame. Figure 11 IPR - channel base frame removal 14. Remove the PMO - cover dummy lower, Figure 12. Repairs and Adjustments REP 14.1 March 2004 4-36 Work Centre M20 Family 1 1 Remove 5 screws. Remove the cover M CCD cable. 2 Lift the PMO - cover dummy lower, then side it forward to remove. Figure 13 Cover M CCD cable removal 16. Remove the CBF signal -CCD FFC, Figure 14. Figure 12 PMO - cover dummy lower removal 15. Remove the cover M CCD cable, Figure 13. 1 Remove the CBF signal CCD FFC. Figure 14 CBF signal - CCD FFC removal 17. Remove the ELA HOU - CCD module, Figure 15. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-37 Repairs and Adjustments REP 14.1 Replacement 3 1. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure. Remove the shaft CCD. 2. Ensure that the ELA HOU - CCD module is installed correctly, Figure 17. 2 ELA HOU - CCD module. Remove 1 E-clip, then the pulley. 4 Remove the ELA HOU CCD module from the belt. 1 Unlock the ELA HOU CCD module. Spring ETC - belt. Figure 15 ELA HOU - CCD module removal Figure 17 ELA HOU - CCD module replacement 18. Remove the ELA HOU - scan motor, Figure 16. 3. 1 Disconnect the inline connector. Ensure the CBF signal - CCD FFC is re-installed correctly onto the ELA HOU - CCD module and the PBA main: • The blue flash on the end of the CBF signal - CCD FFC should face toward the ELA HOU - CCD module. • When connected to the PBA main, the blue flash on the other end of the CBF signal - CCD FFC should face downwards. 2 Remove 3 screws, then the ELA HOU - scan motor. Figure 16 ELA HOU - scan motor removal 19. Remove the PBA SUB - D SUB, PL 14.11 Item 5. Repairs and Adjustments REP 14.1 March 2004 4-38 Work Centre M20 Family ADJ 1.1 Machine Settings Purpose To correctly set up the machine. Procedure All adjustments to the machines settings are made via GP 2, User Mode Entry or GP 3 Service Mode Entry. Go to the relevant procedure. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 4-39 Repairs and Adjustments ADJ 1.1 Repairs and Adjustments ADJ 1.1 March 2004 4-40 Work Centre M20 Family 5 Parts List PL 1- Standby Power PL 1.10 SMPS and PBA Main......................................................................................... 5-3 PL 2 - User Interface PL 2.10 OPE Assembly (1 of 2) ...................................................................................... PL 2.11 OPE Assembly (2 of 2) ...................................................................................... 5-4 5-5 PL 4 - Main Frame, Covers and Drives PL 4.10 Base Frame Assembly....................................................................................... PL 4.15 Main Frame Assembly ....................................................................................... PL 4.20 Drives Assembly ................................................................................................ PL 4.25 Covers ............................................................................................................... 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 PL 5 - Document Transport PL 5.10 DADF Assembly (1 of 5) .................................................................................... PL 5.11 DADF Assembly (2 of 5) .................................................................................... PL 5.12 DADF Assembly (3 of 5) .................................................................................... PL 5.13 DADF Assembly (4 of 5) .................................................................................... PL 5.14 DADF Assembly (5 of 5) .................................................................................... 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 PL 6 - Imaging PL 6.10 LSU .................................................................................................................... 5-15 PL 7 - Paper Supply PL 7.10 Tray 1 Cassette Assembly ................................................................................. PL 7.15 Tray 2 Cassette Assembly (1 of 2) .................................................................... PL 7.16 Tray 2 Cassette Assembly (2 of 2) .................................................................... 5-16 5-17 5-18 PL 8 - Paper Transport PL 8.10 Side Cover Assembly (1 of 2) ............................................................................ PL 8.11 Side Cover Assembly (2 of 2) ............................................................................ PL 8.15 Feeder Assembly ............................................................................................... PL 8.20 MP Assembly ..................................................................................................... PL 8.25 Pickup Assembly ............................................................................................... 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 PL 9 - Xerographics PL 9.10 Toner, Drum Cartridge & Fuser ......................................................................... 5-24 PL 10 - Fusing and Copy/Print Transportation PL 10.10 Exit Assembly .................................................................................................. 5-25 PL 14 - Scanner PL 14.10 ELA HOU Scanner Assembly (1 of 2).............................................................. PL 14.11 ELA HOU Scanner Assembly (2 of 2).............................................................. 5-26 5-27 PL 31 - Maintenance/Installation/Removal Kits PL 31.10 Maintenance/Installation/Removal Kits ............................................................ Part Number Index .......................................................................................................... Work Centre M20 Family 5-28 5-29 March 2004 5-1 Parts List Parts List March 2004 5-2 Work Centre M20 Family PL 1.10 SMPS and PBA Main Item Part Description 1 – 2 3 4 – 152N11548 152N11550 140N62860 140N62859 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 9 – 10 11 12 140N62862 140N62861 – 140N62864 144N00128 – 13 144N00129 – – – – – 14 – 15 16 17 140N62876 140N62879 140N62878 140N62877 140N62863 140N62871 152N11551 140N62875 152N11557 18 – 19 – 20 21 22 117N01602 117N01313 117N01620 IPR - Shield SMPS Upper (Not Spared) (REP 1.1) CBF Power Switch Grey CBF Harness - Power + HVPS SMPS + HVPS (XE) (REP 1.1) SMPS + HVPS (NASG/XCL) (REP 1.1) ELA HOU - Shield Main Lower (Not Spared) Shield - P Main Lower (P/O PL 1.10 Item 5) CBF Harness - LIU GND (P/O PL 1.10 Item 5) CBF Harness - Inlet (P/O PL 1.10 Item 5) PBA MAIN (C20, M20) (REP 1.2) PBA MAIN (M20i) (REP 1.2) Not Used PBA ETC - PS- DIMM SDRAM - DIMM (32MB) (C20, M20) SDRAM - DIMM (48MB) (M20i) PBA LIU (see below for variants) (REP 1.2) PBA LIU (G1) (U.K.) PBA LIU (G4) (NASG/XCL) PBA LIU (G3) (Poland) PBA LIU (G2) (Russia) PBA SUB - NPC3 - MFP (REP 1.2) PBA SUB NPC3 Direct (REP 1.2) CBF Harness LIU PBA Foreign Device Interface PBA Foreign Device Interface Harness PBA Foreign Device Interface Bracket (P/O PL 1.10 Item 19) Foreign Device Interface Kit (REF: PL 31.10 Item 1) AC Power Cord (NASG/XCL) USB Cable Telephone Line Cord (NASG/XCL) NOTE: 1. If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-3 Parts List PL 1.10 PL 2.10 OPE Assembly (1 of 2) Item Part Description 1 – 2 3 – 091N80194 – – 091N80193 091N80201 – 091N80200 – 091N80203 – 091N80202 – 091N80199 – 091N80198 4 5 – – 6 – 091N80196 091N80197 091N80195 – 7 8 – 9 002N02281 700N00097 700N00096 – 10 – 11 – 12 – 13 14 002N02283 – ELA HOU OPE Assembly (Not Spared) (REP 2.1) Window LCD (Not Spared) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (C20, M20) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (M20i) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (French) ((C20, M20)) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (French) ((M20i)) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (C20, M20) (Portuguese) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (M20i) (Portuguese) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (C20, M20) (Spanish) Sheet Overlay Center (A) (M20i) (Spanish) Panel OPE Front (Not Spared) Sheet Name Plate (C20) Sheet Name Plate (M20) Sheet Name Plate (M20i) Sheet Numerical (Not Spared) (NASG/XCL) ELA HOU E-mail Option Unit Sheet Email (EU) Sheet E-mail Cover E-mail (P/O PL 2.10 Item 7) (REP 2.1) E-mail Keypad (P/O PL 2.10 Item 7) (REP 2.1) Key Plate (P/O PL 2.10 Item 7) (REP 2.1) PBA SUB E-mail (P/O PL 2.10 Item 7) (REP 2.1) Cover Dummy E-mail (C20, M20) Cover M OPE (REF: PL 2.11 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 2.10 March 2004 5-4 Work Centre M20 Family PL 2.11 OPE Assembly (2 of 2) Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part Description 002N02282 018N00193 029N00355 029N00345 029N00356 029N00346 029N00354 029N00347 140N62866 140N62865 029N00348 029N00349 029N00350 018N00194 029N00351 029N00352 029N00353 – Cover M OPE Indicator (REP 2.1) Rubber Scroll (A) (REP 2.1) Key M Copy (REP 2.1) Rubber Numerical (REP 2.1) Key M E-mail (REP 2.1) Rubber Copy (A) (REP 2.1) Key M Navigator (REP 2.1) PBA SUB - OPE Joint (REP 2.1) PBA SUB - OPE (REP 2.1) Key M Job Status (REP 2.1) Key M Manual (REP 2.1) Key M Numerical (REP 2.1) Indicator M Job Interrupt (REP 2.1) Key M Job Interrupt (REP 2.1) Key M Stop (REP 2.1) Key M Start (REP 2.1) CBF Signal - OPE FFC (Not Spared) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-5 Parts List PL 2.11 PL 4.10 Base Frame Assembly Item Part Description 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 5 6 009N01467 017N00212 – 7 – 8 9 10 11 015N00440 015N00441 – – 12 13 030N00606 – 14 15 130N01213 – 16 – 17 18 127N07300 – 19 20 21 – – – 22 23 24 152N01991 140N62870 – 25 022N01486 ELA HOU - Base Frame (Not Spared) Screw - Taptite (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Screw - Taptite (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Spring ETC - Torsion Foot Holder Catch CST MC2 (Not Spared) IPR - Channel Base Frame (Not Spared) IPR - Ground Plate A (OPC) IPR - Ground Plate B (Base) PMO - Base Frame (Not Spared) PMO - Bracket Push DEV (Not Spared) PMO - Bracket Side Open PMO - Cover Front Dummy (Not Spared) ELA M/M - AUD Speaker Spring ETC - DEVE Rear (Not Spared) CBF Harness - OPC GND (Not Spared) Fan - DC (Cardinal) Spring ETC - DEV Front (Not Spared) Holder - M Roller (Not Spared) Shaft DEV (Not Spared) IPR - Ground Plate SCF (Not Spared) CBF - Harness-SCF PBA Air Temperature Screw - Taptite (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Solenoid - Pickup NOTE: 1. If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 4.10 March 2004 5-6 Work Centre M20 Family PL 4.15 Main Frame Assembly Item 1 Part 002N02279 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 7 140N62873 – 8 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 – 13 – 14 15 – – 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 20 21 152N11556 110N01041 – 22 23 24 130N01205 130N01208 – 25 – 26 27 011N00463 – 28 – 29 30 31 113N00364 113N00365 – Description ELA HOU - Frame Main Assembly (REP 4.4) PMO - Housing Terminal MC2 (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - Terminal Blade (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - Terminal Supply (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - Terminal TR (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) PBA SUB Terminal Holder Terminal (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) CBF - Harness - Blade + Supply + DEV (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) CBF - Harness - Main - THV Wire (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) CBF - Harness - Main - MHV Wire (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) PMO - Frame Main (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) PMO - Lens Toner Sensor (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - GND Exit (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) Ring - CS (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - GND OPC Base (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - Ground Fuser MC2 (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - Guard C/O S/W (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - GND Terminal (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) CBF Harness - AC Wire CBF - Harness; Switch - Micro CBF - Harness Motor (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) PBA SUB - Exit Sensor PBA SUB - Toner RX Gear - Exit / U, ID (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) Gear - Exit, Idle (Z17) (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) CBF - Harness Thermistor Joint PMO - Housing Terminal (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) IPR - Terminal Fuser (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) PMO - CAP Connector L PMO - CAP Connector U Spring - Clutch (P/O PL 4.15 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-7 Parts List PL 4.15 PL 4.20 Drives Assembly Item 1 Part 002N02289 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 127N07298 152N11554 127N07299 152N11555 – – – 9 – 10 11 12 – – – 13 – 14 15 – – 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 – 20 – 21 22 – – 23 – 24 – 25 26 – – 27 28 – – 29 – 30 – 31 32 127N01375 – Description ELA HOU - Drive Assembly (REP 4.1) Motor Step - MCK2 (Main) CBF Harness - Fuser Motor Motor DC - MCK2 (BLDC) CBF Harness - Feed Motor Gear - Exit/U (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Ring - C (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) IPR - Link Duplex (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - Swing DRV (34/17) (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - 31/19 (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - 71/23 (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - DEV DRV (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) PMO - DEV/Coupling (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - 86/23 (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - RDCN Feed Inner (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - Hub Clutch (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - RDCN Feed Outer (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - Feed DRV (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - OPC 53/37 (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - OPC DRV (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - OPC (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) IPR - BRKT - Break (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - Fuser DRV Outer (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Gear - Fuser DRV Inner (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Ring - E (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) MEC - Brake Gear (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) Fan (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) IPR - BRKT Motor (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) ELA HOU - Duct Fan (P/O PL 4.20 Item 1) (REP 4.1) PMO - Duct Fan (P/O PL 4.20 Item 29) Fan - DC (P/O PL 4.20 Item 29) CBF Harness - LIU GND (Not Spared) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 4.20 March 2004 5-8 Work Centre M20 Family PL 4.25 Covers Item Part Description 1 2 3 002N02107 050N00392 – 4 – – – 5 6 7 002N02009 002N02161 – 8 – 9 10 11 091N00699 001N00384 – 12 13 – – 14 15 001N00451 – 16 – 17 18 002N02280 – 19 – 20 21 22 23 002N02017 011N00465 011N00464 – 24 – 25 26 038N00371 – 27 – MEA Unit - Cover PA Exit Assembly PMO - Tray Extension MP NE PMO - Cover Paper Exit (P/O PL 4.25 Item 1) (REP 10.3) PMO - Connect Paper MFP (C20, M20) (Not Spared) PMO - Connect Paper MFP (M20i) (Not Spared) PMO Cover Exit Rear (REP 4.3) MEA Unit - Cover Front Assembly Plate - Badge (XRX) (P/O PL 4.25 Item 6) Cover - M - Front (P/O PL 4.25 Item 6) IPR - Badge (XRX) MEA Unit Guide CST PA Assembly PMO - Sheet Guide Paper (P/O PL 4.25 Item 10) Mylar Strip (P/O PL 4.25 Item 10) PMO - Guide Cassette Rail (P/O PL 4.25 Item 10) PMO - Dummy Base Frame ELA HOU - Base Frame Assembly (Not Spared) PMO - Cover Feed (Not Spared) (REP 8.4) MEA Unit - Rear Cover (REP 4.2) Cover Rear Dummy (P/O PL 4.25 Item 17) Cover - Main - Rear (P/O PL 4.25 Item 17) Cover Bracket Motor PMO - Lever Jam Remove PMO - CAM Jam Remove Special Screw (Panel MFP) (Not Spared) ELA HOU - Frame Main Assembly (REF: PL 4.15 Item 1) PMO - Guide Paper Out Label - Guide DIMM (P/O PL 4.25 Item 17) IPR - Guide CST Paper (P/O PL 4.25 Item 10) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-9 Parts List PL 4.25 PL 5.10 DADF Assembly (1 of 5) Item 1 2 3 Part 002N02275 002N02288 – 4 – 5 – 6 7 – – 8 – 9 10 140N62869 – 11 – 12 – 13 14 15 – – – 16 – 17 – 18 19 050N00443 – 20 – 21 – 22 – 23 – 24 25 26 140N62867 120N00438 – 27 – 28 – 29 30 31 002N02286 002N02287 002N02291 Description ELA HOU - DADF MEA Unit - Cover Open (REP 5.1) Cover - M Open (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) PMO Stopper Exit (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Gear - DADF 24 (A) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Roller - REGI (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) PMO - Lever Open (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Spring ETC - Knockup, MP (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) PBA SUB - REGI PMO - Actuator REGI (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Cover - M Sensor (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Spring ETC - Torsion DOC (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Bush - 6D (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Ring - E (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) CBF Harness - LIU GND (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Ground - P Duplex (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) Cover - M - Harness (P/O PL 5.10 Item 2) MEA Unit - TX Stacker (REP 5.1) PMO - TX Stacker (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) Guide - M DOC Left (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) Guide - M DOC Right (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) IPR - Washer Spring CU (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) PMO - Gear Pinion (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) PBA SUB - Length PMO - Actuator Length PMO - TX Stacker Lower (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) Spring ETC - Torsion DOC (CC-F) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 18) ELA Unit - Platen Cover (REF: PL 5.14 Item 1) Front Cover Rear Cover ELA HOU - DADF SUB (P/O PL 5.10 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 5.10 March 2004 5-10 Work Centre M20 Family PL 5.11 DADF Assembly (2 of 5) Item 1 Part – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 9 – – 10 – 11 – 12 – 13 – 14 – 15 – 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 – 20 – 21 – 22 – 23 – 24 – 25 – 26 – 27 – Description Guide - M SCAN (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Ground - P SCAN Roller (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Ground - P Exit Roller (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) PBA SUB - Sensor IF (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) IPR - BRKT White Bar (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Spring ETC - White Bar (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Sheet - Guide Paper (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Bush - 6D (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Bracket - P - Duplex Motor (P/O PL 5.11 Item 10) (REP 5.1) ELA HOU - Duplex Motor (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) ELA HOU - Cover Open Switch (P/ O PL 5.10 Item 31) Gear - DADF 24 (A) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) IPR - Guard C/O S/W (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) MEC - Clutch Small (Registration) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Motor Step - DADF (P/O PL 5.11 Item 27) Bracket - P - DADF Motor (P/O PL 5.11) (REP 5.1) Cover - P Gear (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Sheet - Guide Paper (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) PBA SUB - DADF (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) PMO - Actuator (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) PMO - Actuator Duplex (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) CBF Harness - Clutch IF (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) CBF Harness - DSUB (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) CBF Harness DADF GND (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Shaft Gate Duplex (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Motor Step - Duplex (P/O PL 5.11 Item 10) ELA HOU - DADF Motor (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-11 Parts List PL 5.11 PL 5.12 DADF Assembly (3 of 5) Item Part Description 1 – 2 3 – – 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 9 10 – – – 11 – 12 – 13 – 14 – 15 – 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 20 21 – – – 22 – MEA Unit - Cover Exit Assembly (P/ O PL 5.10 Item 31) Cover M Exit (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) Spring ETC - White BAR (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) PMO - Roller Idle Scan (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) Shaft - Exit Idle (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) MEC - Brush Antistatic (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) Ground - P - Exit Cover (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) Roller - Exit (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Gear (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Label - Cover - Exit (P/O PL 5.12 Item 1) Guide - M Duplex Lower (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Guide - M Duplex Inner (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Gear - M Scan Roller (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) PMO - Bushing Holder (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Roller - SCAN (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Spring ETC Clutch (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Roller - Duplex (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) MEC - Clutch Small (Duplex) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Bush - 6 D (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Bush - 10 - D (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) MEA Unit Guide Duplex (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Bush - 6D (L) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 5.12 March 2004 5-12 Work Centre M20 Family PL 5.13 DADF Assembly (4 of 5) Item Part Description 1 – 2 – 3 4 5 – – – 6 – 7 8 019N00795 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 – 13 – 14 15 – – 16 17 – – 18 19 – – 20 – MEA Unit Support Pickup Assembly (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Pickup Support (P/O PL 5.13 Item 1) Decurler (P/O PL 5.13 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 5.13 Item 1) MEA Unit Guide Pickup Assembly (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Guide - M Pickup Upper (P/O PL 5.13 Item 5) MEA Unit - Holder DADF Rubber Guide - M Pickup Lower (P/O PL 5.13 Item 5) Spring ETC - Torsion DOC (CC2 F) (P/O PL 5.13 Item 5) PBA SUB - DOC Width (P/O PL 5.13 Item 5) PBA SUB - Exit Open (P/O PL 5.13 Item 5) PMO - Actuator DOC (P/O PL 5.13 Item 5) Spring ETC - Clutch (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Bush - 10 - D (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) MEC - Clutch Small (Feed) (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Bush 6 D (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) MEA Unit - Pickup (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) (REP 5.1) Roller Feed (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) PMO - Bushing Holder (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) Bush - M Feed Roller (P/O PL 5.10 Item 31) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-13 Parts List PL 5.13 PL 5.14 DADF Assembly (5 of 5) Item Part Description 1 002N02285 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 6 025N00081 – 7 8 9 10 11 12 006N01241 022N01511 130N01201 140N62868 003N00939 – 13 – 14 – ELA Unit - Platen Cover (REF: PL 5.10 Item 28) PMO - Cover Platen (C) (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) PMO - Extension Platen (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) Guide - M Extension (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) DADF Document Cushion IPR - P Pinch (Scan) (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) Shaft - Pinch PMO - Roll Pinch PMO - Actuator Sensor SCAN PBA SUB - GATE MEA Unit - Hinge Assembly Plate - P - Dummy Platen (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) Spring ETC - Charge (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) Spring ETC - Torsion DOC (P/O PL 5.14 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 5.14 March 2004 5-14 Work Centre M20 Family PL 6.10 LSU Item 1 2 3 Part Description 122N00234 152N11549 – Unit - LSU (REP 6.1) CBF Harness - LSU Fan DC (Cardinal) (REF: PL 4.10 Item 17) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-15 Parts List PL 6.10 PL 7.10 Tray 1 Cassette Assembly Item Part Description 1 – 2 050N00442 050N00441 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 – 13 14 15 16 17 009N01465 009N01466 091N80204 091N80205 – 18 – 19 – 20 – 21 – 22 – Mec - Cassette Assembly (A4) Mec- Cassette Assembly (Letter) Plate Guide Paper (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) IPR - Plate K/UP (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) IPR Finger Right (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) PMO - Cover Cassette (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) PMO - Frame Cassette (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Guide Front CST Plus (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) PMO - Guide Rear (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Guide Side CST (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) PMO - Locker Plate (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Pad - CST Plus (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Spring - Locker Plate (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Spring CS RE Spring CS FR Label (R) - Instruction CST Plus Label (R) - Height CST Guide Side Handle (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) IPR Finger Left (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) PMO - Bushing Finger F (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Washer Plain (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Spring White Bar (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) Guide Sub Wall (P/O PL 7.10 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 7.10 March 2004 5-16 Work Centre M20 Family PL 7.15 Tray 2 Cassette Assembly (1 of 2) Item Part Description 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 – – – – 022N01600 130N01337 – 12 13 120N00393 – 14 – 15 16 – – 17 – 18 19 20 21 – – – – 22 23 – – ELA Unit - SCF (MC2) (REF: PL 31.10 Item 3) PMO - Cover Top SCF (Not Spared) ELA HOU - Upper SCF2 (Not Spared) PMO - Guide Paper Upper SCF (Not Spared) Shaft - Pickup CST (Not Spared) Shaft - Pickup SUB (Not Spared) PMO - Bearing Shaft (Not Spared) Gear - Pickup (Not Spared) Rubber - Roller Pickup Rubber - Roller Pickup S PMO - Bushing P/U MP (Not Spared) PMO - M - Actuator No Paper Housing - M - Pickup Large (Not Spared) Housing - M - Pickup Small (Not Spared) Gear - Feed (SCF) (Not Spared) Ring - E ID4 (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) RING - E ID5 (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Feed Roller SCF MC2 (Not Spared) ICT - Pin ADF (Not Spared) Ground Plate SCF (Not Spared) CBF Harness GND Star Wheel (Not Spared) PBA SUB - Exit SEN (Not Spared) PMO - Base Frame - SCF (REF: PL 7.16 Item 2) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-17 Parts List PL 7.15 PL 7.16 Tray 2 Cassette Assembly (2 of 2) Item Part Description 1 – 2 – 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 140N62874 152N01992 – 006N01184 009N01410 015N00486 – – 11 – 12 – 13 – 14 – 15 16 17 – – – 18 19 20 – – – 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 – – – – – – – – ELA HOU - Frame - SCF (MC2) (Not Spared) PMO - Base Frame - SCF (Not Spared) PBA SCF CBF Harness - SCF 8P CAM Catch (Not Spared) ICT - Shaft HV Large Spring ETC - HV Large IPR - Plate Ground (A) Foot (Not Spared) MEA Unit - Lower SCF2 (Not Spared) PMO - Guide Paper Lower (Not Spared) PMO - Holder Idle Roll 16 (Not Spared) PMO - Roller Idle (SCF) (Not Spared) PMO - Bush Idle Roll - SCF16 (Not Spared) Spring ETC - Pad (Not Spared) MEA Unite-Cassette (Not Spared) ELA HOU - Solenoid SCF2 (Not Spared) Solenoid Pickup (Not Spared) Bracket Clutch SCF (Not Spared) ELA HOU - Motor SCF2 (Not Spared) Bracket SCF Motor (Not Spared) SCF Gear 41/23 (Not Spared) OPC Gear 53/37 (Not Spared) SCF Gear 53/31 (Not Spared) Motor Step - SCF (2K) (Not Spared) Ring - E (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) CBF Harness SCF (Not Spared) CBF Harness - GND (Not Spared) NOTE: 1. If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 7.16 March 2004 5-18 Work Centre M20 Family PL 8.10 Side Cover Assembly (1 of 2) Item 1 Part – 2 022N02057 3 4 5 6 7 8 – – – – – – 9 – 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 – – – – – – – 17 – 18 – 19 – 20 – 21 22 23 24 25 26 – – – 009N01363 – – 27 – 28 – 29 30 – – 31 – 32 – 33 34 022N01475 007N01114 Description ELA HOU - Side Cover Assembly (Not Spared) MEA Unit - Duplex Assembly (REP 8.2) Ring - CS (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Gear - Dup Idler 17 (see NOTE 2) Gear - MP/DUP DRV (see NOTE 2) Spring Feed (see NOTE 2) PMO - Bushing Feed (see NOTE 2) PMO - Bushing TX(B4) (see NOTE 2) PMO - Shaft DUP Driver (see NOTE 2) RPR - Rubber Exit (see NOTE 2) IPR - BRKT G DUP (see NOTE 2) PMO - Roller Exit (see NOTE 2) Spring Fuser Exit (see NOTE 2) PMO - GP Lower DP (see NOTE 2) PMO - Feed Frame (see NOTE 2) IPR - Bracket Guide B (see NOTE 2) CBF Harness - OPE GND (see NOTE 2) IPR - BRKT Ground B (see NOTE 2) IPR - BRKT Ground A (see NOTE 2) IPR - BRKT Ground TR (see NOTE 2) PMO - Holder Saw (see NOTE 2) IPR - Plate saw (see NOTE 2) IPR - BRKT Guide A (see NOTE 2) MEA Unit - Hold Gear PMO - Bush (P/O PL 8.10 Item 24) Spring ETC - TRR (P/O PL 8.10 Item 24) PMO - Holder Gear TR (P/O PL 8.10 Item 24) MEA Unit - Hold TR GND (Not Spared) PMO - Bush (P/O PL 8.10 Item 28) Spring ECT - TR (P/O PL 8.10 Item 28) Spring ETC - Plate TR (P/O PL 8.10 Item 28) PMO - Holder GND TR (P/O PL 8.10 Item 28) Transfer Roller Gear Transfer NOTE: 1. If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: 2. Part of PL 8.10 Item 2. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-19 Parts List PL 8.10 PL 8.11 Side Cover Assembly (2 of 2) Item Part Description 1 2 050N00445 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 – 13 – 14 – 15 – MEA Unit - Side SUB Assembly PMO - Guide DP Side (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) Guide Side Push (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) PMO - Locker Open (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) PMO - Locker Side R (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) Spring - Locker Torsion (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) PMO - Tie Stopper (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) MEA Unit - Tray Assembly (P/O PL 8.11 Item 1) (REP 7.1) PMO - Tray Case, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) PMO - Side Exit, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) PMO - Side Guide, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) PMO - Tray Cover, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) IPR - Guide Latch, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) (REP 8.3) PMO - Tray Link, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) Label (R) - Height, MP (P/O PL 8.11 Item 8) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 8.11 March 2004 5-20 Work Centre M20 Family PL 8.15 Feeder Assembly Item Part Description 1 022N02056 2 – 3 4 – – 5 – 6 – 7 8 9 – – – 10 11 022N01470 – 12 – 13 – 14 – 15 – 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 – 20 21 – – 22 – 23 – MEA Unit - Feed Roller Assembly (REP 8.5) PMO - Frame Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Gear - Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Gear - MP/DUP DRV (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) ICT - Shaft Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - Bushing P/U, MP (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Ring - E (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Ring - CS (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - BRKT Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - Roller Feed PMO - Holder Pinch C (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - Holder Pinch SUB (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - Roller Feed L (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Holder Push Feed CST (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - Holder Pinch M (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - SUB Holder Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Washer - Plain (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO - Roller Feed S (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) IPR - Shaft Feed Idler (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Sheet Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) Spring - Feed MP Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) PMO Roller Pinch Feed (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) E - Clip (P/O PL 8.15 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-21 Parts List PL 8.15 PL 8.20 MP Assembly Item Part Description 1 600N01741 2 3 4 5 6 013N00515 – – 009N01364 – 7 8 009N01365 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 13 14 15 120N00392 022N01479 – – 16 17 18 019N00613 130N01206 – 19 – 20 21 22 23 24 25 013N00516 130N01338 019N00612 019N00796 130N01203 – 26 – 27 022N01483 ELA HOU - MP Assembly (REP 8.4) PMO - Bushing Pickup, MP Ring - E (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Solenoid - MP (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) Spring - Cam MP Spring - Pickup, MP (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) Spring - Knockup, MP IPR - Bracket Solenoid (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) PMO - Holder Cam (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) PMO - Gear P/U MPF (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) PMO - Roller Cam, MP (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) PMO - Actuator, MP PMO - Adjuster, MP PMO - Cam Pickup, MP PMO - Frame, MP (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) PMO - Holder Pad, MP PMO - Holder Sensor, MP PMO - Housing Pickup, MP (P/O PL 8.20 Item 27) PMO - Plate Knockup, MP (P/O PL 8.20 Item 1) PMO - Idle Pickup, MP RPR - Rubber Pickup, MP RPR - RCT - Pad Pickup, MP RPR - Pad MP Plus PBA SUB - MP SEN Screw - Taptite (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Screw - Taptite (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) A/S Material-Pickup, MP NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 8.20 March 2004 5-22 Work Centre M20 Family PL 8.25 Pickup Assembly Item Part Description 1 002N02276 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 6 7 130N01207 140N05940 – 8 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 13 130N01204 – 14 – 15 – 16 17 18 022N01600 130N01337 – 19 20 – – 21 – 22 – 23 – 24 25 26 – 120N00393 007N01193 ELA HOU - Pickup Assembly (REP 8.6) IPR - GND Feed (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) IPR - GND Input (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) IPR - Guide Input (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) PBA SUB - Toner TX PBA Sub - PTL PMO - Actuator Feed Sensor (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) PMO - Guide Paper (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) PMO - Holder Sensor Feed (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) PMO - Lens Toner Sensor (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) PMO - PTL Path (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) PBA SUB - Feed & P.EMP SEN PMO - Bushing P/U,MP (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) Housing - Pickup Large (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) Housing - Pickup Small (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) RPR Rubber Pickup Rubber Pickup Small Shaft - Pickup CST (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) Shaft Pin ADF (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) Sheet - PTL Path (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) Shaft - SUB - Pickup (P/O PL 8.25 Item 1) Ring - E ID4 (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Ring - E ID5 (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) PMO - Bearing Shaft (Not Spared) PMO - Actuator No Paper Gear Pickup NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-23 Parts List PL 8.25 PL 9.10 Toner, Drum Cartridge & Fuser Item Part Description 1 2 – 3 4 113R00671 106R01048 106R01047 007N01118 002N02278 – 002N02277 5 – 6 7 – – ELA Unit - OPE Drum Set ELA - Toner Unit Set (XE) ELA - Toner Unit Set (NASG/XCL) PMO Lock Drive ELA HOU - Fuser Assembly (XE) (REP 10.1) ELA HOU - Fuser Assembly (NASG/XCL) (REP 10.1) ELA HOU - Drives Assembly (REF: PL 4.20 Item 1) PBA Bias (Not Spared) Cover Sheet Connector (Not Spared) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 9.10 March 2004 5-24 Work Centre M20 Family PL 10.10 Exit Assembly Item Part Description 1 2 600N01736 – 3 – 4 – 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 007N01115 022N01474 020N00768 023N01051 007N01261 013N00514 – 12 – 13 – 14 – 15 – 16 – 17 – 18 – 19 20 115N00354 – 21 – 22 – MEC - Exit Assembly (REP 10.2) PMO - Guide - Exit Upper (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) PMO - Guide - Exit Lower (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) PMO - Guide - Jam Remove (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) MEC - Roller Exit Drive PMO - Roller Decurl PMO - Pulley Duplex Belt - Timing Gear Gear - Duplex PMO - Bearing Large DP IPR - Ground - Exit (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) ICT - Shaft - Exit Lower ID (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) PMO - Roller Exit (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) Spring - Exit Roll FD (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) PMO - Holder Exit Roll (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) PMO - Roller FD F (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) PMO - Roller FD R (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) Spring - Exit Lower Idle (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) MEC - Brush Antistatic PBA SUB - Bin Full Sensor (P/O PL 10.10 Item 1) Actuator SUB - Bin Full Sensor (P/ O PL 10.10 Item 1) E - Clip (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-25 Parts List PL 10.10 PL 14.10 ELA HOU Scanner Assembly (1 of 2) Item Part Description 1 002N02274 – 002N02273 2 002N02284 3 019N00797 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 9 – 10 – 11 – 12 – ELA HOU - Scanner Assembly (C20, M20) (REP 14.1) ELA HOU - Scanner Assembly (M20i) (REP 14.1) ELA HOU SCAN Upper Assembly (REP 14.1) A/S Material Dummy Upper Assembly (REP 14.1) MCT Glass DADF (P/O PL 14.10 Item 3) Label (L) Registration Edge (L) (P/ O PL 14.10 Item 3) PMO Dummy Upper (P/O PL 14.10 Item 3) Sheet Dummy Upper (P/O PL 14.10 Item 3) PPR Registration Edge (F) (P/O PL 14.10 Item 2) PMO Cover Scan Upper (P/O PL 14.10 Item 2) IPR Holder Glass (P/O PL 14.10 Item 2) Label (P) Sheet Shading (P/O PL 14.10 Item 2) MCT Glass Scanner (Legal) (P/O PL 14.10 Item 2) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Parts List PL 14.10 March 2004 5-26 Work Centre M20 Family PL 14.11 ELA HOU Scanner Assembly (2 of 2) Item 1 Part – 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 023N00954 023N00955 – 140N62872 – – – – 10 11 12 13 14 15 – 140N05936 011N00473 – 152N11552 – 16 002N02166 17 117N01605 18 19 152N11553 – 20 – 21 – 22 – 23 24 002N02290 – 25 – 26 27 – – 28 – 29 30 – – 31 – Description Shaft CCD (UMAX) (Not Spared) (REP 14.1) Belt - Timing Gear (REP 14.1) Spring ETC - Belt Ring - E (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) PBA SUB - D SUB (REP 14.1) PMO Pulley (Not Spared) Washer Plain (Not Spared) ICT - Insert Shaft (Not Spared) CBF Harness- Driver GND (Not Spared) Not Used (Not Spared) IPR - BRK Scan BD PMO Lever Sensor Spring ETC - Exit (Not Spared) CBF Harness - Scan Motor Cover M CCD Cable (Not Spared) (REP 14.1) ELA HOU - CCD Module (REP 14.1) CBF Signal - CCD FFC (P/O PL 14.11 Item 31) (REP 14.1) CBF Harness - OPE PMO - Cover Dummy Lower (Not Spared) (REP 14.1) Holder M CCD (UMAX) (Not Spared) IPR - Channel Base Frame (Not Spared) (REP 14.1) Cover - Scan Lower (UMAX) (Not Spared) ELA HOU - Scan Motor (REP 14.1) Bracket - Motor - Platen (P/O PL 14.11 Item 23) Motor Step - Scan (P/O PL 14.11 Item 23) Gear Idle (P/O PL 14.11 Item 23) PMO - Holder Belt (P/O PL 14.11 Item 23) Gear - Timing (P/O PL 14.11 Item 23) Ring - E (REF: PL 31.10 Item 6) Gear Reduction 73/37 (P/O PL 14.11 Item 23) ELA HOU - Scan Lower (P/O PL 14.10 Item 1) NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-27 Parts List PL 14.11 PL 31.10 Maintenance/Installation/ Removal Kits Item Part Description 1 – 2 3 4 5 6 497N00184 498N00364 098N01724 – – Foreign Interface Device Kit (see NOTE 2) Network Accessory Kit 2nd Paper Tray Stand Repackaging Kit (see NOTE 2) Common Hardware Kit (see NOTE 2) NOTE: 1. If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. NOTE: 2. Part number unavailable at time of publication. Parts List PL 31.10 March 2004 5-28 Work Centre M20 Family Part Number Index Table 1 Part Number Index Table 1 Part Number Index Part Number Part List 009N01466 PL 7.10 Part Number Part List 009N01467 PL 4.10 001N00384 PL 4.25 011N00463 PL 4.15 001N00451 PL 4.25 011N00464 PL 4.25 002N02009 PL 4.25 011N00465 PL 4.25 002N02017 PL 4.25 011N00473 PL 14.11 002N02107 PL 4.25 013N00514 PL 10.10 002N02161 PL 4.25 013N00515 PL 8.20 002N02166 PL 14.11 013N00516 PL 8.20 002N02273 PL 14.10 015N00440 PL 4.10 002N02274 PL 14.10 015N00441 PL 4.10 002N02275 PL 5.10 015N00486 PL 7.16 002N02276 PL 8.25 017N00212 PL 4.10 002N02277 PL 9.10 018N00193 PL 2.11 002N02278 PL 9.10 018N00194 PL 2.11 002N02279 PL 4.15 019N00612 PL 8.20 002N02280 PL 4.25 019N00613 PL 8.20 002N02281 PL 2.10 019N00795 PL 5.13 002N02282 PL 2.11 019N00796 PL 8.20 002N02283 PL 2.10 020N00768 PL 10.10 002N02284 PL 14.10 019N00797 PL 14.10 002N02285 PL 5.14 022N01470 PL 8.15 002N02286 PL 5.10 022N01474 PL 10.10 002N02287 PL 5.10 022N01475 PL 8.10 002N02288 PL 5.10 022N01479 PL 8.20 002N02289 PL 4.20 022N01483 PL 8.20 002N02290 PL 14.11 022N01486 PL 4.10 002N02291 PL 5.10 022N01511 PL 5.14 003N00939 PL 5.14 022N01600 PL 8.25 006N01184 PL 7.16 006N01241 PL 5.14 022N02056 PL 8.15 007N01114 PL 8.10 022N02057 PL 8.10 007N01115 PL 10.10 023N00954 PL 14.11 007N01118 PL 9.10 023N00955 PL 14.11 007N01193 PL 8.25 023N01051 PL 10.10 007N01261 PL 10.10 025N00081 PL 5.14 009N01363 PL 8.10 029N00345 PL 2.11 009N01364 PL 8.20 029N00346 PL 2.11 009N01365 PL 8.20 029N00347 PL 2.11 009N01410 PL 7.16 029N00348 PL 2.11 009N01465 PL 7.10 029N00349 PL 2.11 Work Centre M20 Family PL 7.15 March 2004 5-29 Parts List Part Number Index Table 1 Part Number Index Table 1 Part Number Index Part Number Part List Part Number Part List 029N00350 PL 2.11 120N00393 PL 8.25 029N00351 PL 2.11 029N00352 PL 2.11 120N00438 PL 5.10 029N00353 PL 2.11 122N00234 PL 6.10 029N00354 PL 2.11 127N01375 PL 4.20 029N00355 PL 2.11 127N07298 PL 4.20 029N00356 PL 2.11 127N07299 PL 4.20 030N00606 PL 4.10 127N07300 PL 4.10 038N00371 PL 4.25 130N01201 PL 5.14 050N00392 PL 4.25 130N01203 PL 8.20 050N00441 PL 7.10 130N01204 PL 8.25 050N00442 PL 7.10 130N01205 PL 4.15 050N00443 PL 5.10 130N01206 PL 8.20 050N00445 PL 8.11 130N01207 PL 8.25 091N00699 PL 4.25 130N01208 PL 4.15 091N80193 PL 2.10 130N01213 PL 4.10 091N80194 PL 2.10 130N01337 PL 8.25 091N80195 PL 2.10 091N80196 PL 2.10 130N01338 PL 8.20 091N80197 PL 2.10 140N05936 PL 14.11 091N80198 PL 2.10 140N05940 PL 8.25 091N80199 PL 2.10 140N62859 PL 1.10 091N80200 PL 2.10 140N62860 PL 1.10 091N80201 PL 2.10 140N62861 PL 1.10 091N80202 PL 2.10 140N62862 PL 1.10 091N80203 PL 2.10 140N62863 PL 1.10 091N80204 PL 7.10 140N62864 PL 1.10 091N80205 PL 7.10 140N62865 PL 2.11 098N01724 PL 31.10 140N62866 PL 2.11 106R01047 PL 9.10 140N62867 PL 5.10 106R01048 PL 9.10 140N62868 PL 5.14 110N01041 PL 4.15 140N62869 PL 5.10 113N00364 PL 4.15 140N62870 PL 4.10 113N00365 PL 4.15 140N62871 PL 1.10 113R00671 PL 9.10 140N62872 PL 14.11 115N00354 PL 10.10 140N62873 PL 4.15 117N01313 PL 1.10 140N62874 PL 7.16 117N01602 PL 1.10 140N62875 PL 1.10 117N01605 PL 14.11 140N62876 PL 1.10 117N01620 PL 1.10 140N62877 PL 1.10 120N00392 PL 8.20 140N62878 PL 1.10 Parts List Part Number Index PL 7.15 PL 7.15 March 2004 5-30 Work Centre M20 Family Table 1 Part Number Index Part Number Part List 140N62879 PL 1.10 144N00128 PL 1.10 144N00129 PL 1.10 152N01991 PL 4.10 152N01992 PL 7.16 152N11548 PL 1.10 152N11549 PL 6.10 152N11550 PL 1.10 152N11551 PL 1.10 152N11552 PL 14.11 152N11553 PL 14.11 152N11554 PL 4.20 152N11555 PL 4.20 152N11556 PL 4.15 152N11557 PL 1.10 498N00184 PL 31.10 498N00364 PL 31.10 600N01736 PL 10.10 600N01741 PL 8.20 700N00096 PL 2.10 700N00097 PL 2.10 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 5-31 Parts List Part Number Index Parts List Part Number Index March 2004 5-32 Work Centre M20 Family 6 General Procedures and Information GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry ........................................................................................ GP 2 User Mode Entry .................................................................................................... GP 3 Service Mode Entry................................................................................................ GP 4 Fax Setup............................................................................................................... GP 5 Memory Clear ........................................................................................................ GP 6 Maintenance .......................................................................................................... GP 7 Reports .................................................................................................................. GP 8 Firmware Upgrade ................................................................................................. GP 9 Identify Sale Date (M20i Only) ............................................................................... GP 10 General Disassembly Precautions ....................................................................... GP 11 Machine Specifications ........................................................................................ GP 12 Circuit Description................................................................................................ GP 13 Circuit Operation .................................................................................................. GP 14 Scanner Operation ............................................................................................... GP 15 Host Interface....................................................................................................... GP 16 Engine Controller ................................................................................................. GP 17 PBA OPE Operation ............................................................................................ GP 18 PBA LIU ............................................................................................................... GP 19 SMPS Unit Operation........................................................................................... GP 20 Acronyms and Parts Description List ................................................................... GP 21 DADF Document Feeding Specifications............................................................. GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications .......................................................................... GP 23 Service Log .......................................................................................................... Work Centre M20 Family 6-3 6-7 6-9 6-11 6-11 6-12 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-16 6-17 6-20 6-22 6-24 6-26 6-27 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-40 6-40 6-41 March 2004 6-1 General Procedures and Information General Procedures and Information March 2004 6-2 Work Centre M20 Family GP 1 Engine Test Mode Entry 2. Press Enter. The machine has now entered service (tech) mode. Purpose 3. Use the numbered keys to select the relevant test number. Use the left and right keys to scroll through the available tests, refer to Figure 1. To view details of each test number., refer to Table 1 Test Map. 4. To exit engine test mode, switch off the machine, then switch on the machine. To test various functions or components of the machine. The test is performed, then the result is displayed on the LCD. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Procedure 1. NOTE: To escape from the current test mode to the higher test mode, press the stop button. NOTE: To escape from the engine test mode to the normal mode, press again the stop button. Sensor Test Description Press Menu/Exit, #, 1, 9, 3, 1 in sequence. The LCD will display ‘Engine Test (Diagnostic)’. Refer to Table 2 Sensor Description, for the sensor names that are displayed on the LCD. Actuating the relevant sensor changes its displayed state. Table 1 Test Map Test No. Test Items (Description) Setting Description Setting Description 0 ALL MOTOR TEST ON Runs the Dev motor & Fuser Motor OFF Stops the Dev motor & Fuser Motor FUSER MOTOR TEST (STEPPER) ON Runs the Fuser Motor only. OFF Stops the Fuser Motor Deve. MOTOR TEST (BLDC) ON Runs the Developer Motor only. OFF Stops the Developer Motor FUSER MTR DIR TEST FWD Runs the Fuser Motor forward RVS Runs the Fuser Motor in reverse ALL MOTOR STOP STOP Stops the Developer Motor & Fuser Motor. NEXT Go to next test item (FCF SOLENOID TEST). FCF(1st Tray) SOLENOID TEST ON Energizes the Solenoid on the First Cassette Feeder (FCF). (200ms. timeout) OFF De-energizes the Solenoid on the FCF. MPF(MP Tray) SOLENOID TEST ON Energizes the Solenoid on the Multi-Purpose Feeder (MPF). (200ms. timeout) OFF De-energizes the Solenoid of the MPF. 1 PTL TEST ON Switches on the Pre-Transfer Lamp (PTL). OFF Switches off the PTL FAN TEST ON Runs the Fuser Fan and the LSU fan. OFF Stops the Fuser Fan and the LSU Fan motors FUSER CONTROL TEST ON Switches on the Fuser Heater. (only when the fuser temp is less than the stand-by temp) OFF Switches off the Fuser Heater. FUSER TEMP CHECK CHECK Displays the FUSER ADC VALUE. See below for typical ADC conversions: 112 = 170C, 105 = 175C, 97 = 180C, 90 = 185C, 84 = 190C, 77 = 195C, 71 = 200C, 66 = 205C, 60 = 210C, 55 = 215C, 51 = 220C, 46 = 225C. Refer to GP 11 for the correct fuser operating temperatures. NEXT Go to first test in sequence (ALL MOTOR TEST) LSU MOTOR TEST ON Runs the Polygon Mirror Motor in the LSU. OFF Stops the Polygon Mirror Motor in the LSU. LASER DIODE TEST ON Switches on the LASER diode in the LSU. OFF Switches off the LASER diode in the LSU LSU READY TEST CHECK NEXT Checks the time of LSU ready The time in milliseconds, will be displayed after approximately 10 seconds. The LSU ready time will include 500 milliseconds stabilisation time. Go to next test (LSU HSYNC TEST) LSU HSYNC TEST CHECK Checks the time of the LSU HSYNC (Horizontal Synch. NEXT Signal). The time in milliseconds, will be displayed after approximately 10 seconds. Go to the next test (LSU MOTOR TEST) Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-3 General Procedures and Information GP 1 Table 1 Test Map Test No. Test Items (Description) Setting Description Setting Description 2 SENSOR TEST CHECK Monitors the status of the Paper Path Sensors and Interlock. ‘1’: Active, ‘0’: Inactive Refer to Table 2 Sensor description for details. NEXT Go to the top level of Engine test mode. 3 SCF MOTOR TEST ON Runs the Second Cassette Feeder (SCF) Motor OFF Stops the SCF Motor SCF SOLENOID TEST ON Energizes the Second Cassette Feeder (SCF) Solenoid (300ms. timeout) OFF De-energizes the SCF Solenoid SCF EMP/INST CHECK CHECK Checks if the Second Tray is installed. (Monitors the NEXT Second Cassette Feeder (SCF) Paper Empty Sensor) Go to the next test (SCF MOTOR TEST) OPC FUSE STATE CHECK Checks for a new OPC Fuse. (Compares against previ- NEXT ous known state during warm-up) Go to the next test (OPC FUSE CHECK) Go to the next test (TONER STATE) 4 5 OPC FUSE CHECK CHECK Displays the current state of the OPC Fuse. TONER STATE CHECK NEXT Displays the Toner status. This test does not check current toner status. It only displays the stored value in the SDRAM when the side cover was last opened or at power on. To update the stored value in the SDRAM open and close the side cover. Go to the next test (TONER LOW CHECK) TONER LOW CHECK CHECK Checks current toner status NEXT Go to the next test (PAGE COUNTER INC) PAGE COUNTER INC CHECK Increases the page count by 1 NEXT Go to the next test (AIR TEMP CHECK) AIR TEMP CHECK CHECK Displays the temperature of current working environment using ADC values. See below for typical ADC conversions: 200 = -11C/12F, 178 = 0C/32F, 155 = 10C/50F, 121 = 25C/77F, 73 = 50C/122F NEXT Go to the next test (OPC FUSE STATE) MHV SUPLY 1350V (Not to be used dur- ON ing service, manufacturing use only) Switches on 1350V to the MHV Switches off the voltage to the MHV MHV ADC READ Reads and displays the MHV ADC value. If the ADC value is between 1 and 254 inclusive, this indicates that the MHV value is good. If the value is 0 or 255 the display will read “Over The Range”. This indicates problems with the toner cartridge or drum cartridge or their respective contacts. Go to next test (DEV SUPPLY 450v) DEV SUPPLY -450V (Not to be used dur- ON ing service, manufacturing use only) Switches on -450V to the DEV Switches of the voltage to the DEV THV SUPPLY NEG VOLT(Not to be used ON during service, manufacturing use only) Switches on negative voltage to the THV Switches off the negative voltage to the THV General Procedures and Information GP 1 NEXT CHECK March 2004 6-4 Work Centre M20 Family Table 1 Test Map Test No. 6 Test Items (Description) Setting Description Setting Description THV SUPPLY 1301V (Not to be used dur- ON ing service, manufacturing use only) Switches on 1301V to the THV Switches off the voltage to the THV THV ADC READ CHECK NEXT Reads and displays the THV ADC value. If the ADC value is between 1 and 254 inclusive, this indicates that the THV value is good. If the value is 0 or 255 the display will read “Over The Range”. This indicates problems with the toner cartridge or drum cartridge or their respective contacts Go to the next test (MHV SUPPLY 1350V) Auto TEST NEXT EXIT RIGHT KEY. Automatically starts test sequence at 2 second intervals. For actual components tested refer to the following items. STOP KEY. Returns to the top level of Engine Test Mode. ALL MOTOR CONTROL FUSER MOTOR CONTROL DEV MOTOR CONTROL DUPLEX CONTROL FCF PICKUP CONTROL MP PICKUP CONTROL PTL CONTROL FAN CONTROL FUSER CONTROL LSU MOTOR CONTROL LASER DIODE CONTROL SENSOR DETECT CV / FD / EX / OB / FE / ME MHV CONTROL DEV CONTROL THV NEG CONTROL THV CONTROL MHV ADC READ THV ADC READ TEST END Table 2 Sensor Description Displayed name. Table 2 Sensor Description Displayed name. Sensor name Parts list OB PBA sub bin full sensor (Output bin sensor) PL 10.10 Item 20 (Actuator - PL 10.10 Item 21) Sensor name Parts list CV CBF - harness; switch - micro (Right hand cover interlock) PL 4.15 Item 20 FE PBA sub feed and P.EMP sensor (Tray 1 empty sensor) PL 8.25 Item 12 (Actuator - PL 8.25 Item 7) FD PBA sub feed and P.EMP sensor (Feed sensor) PL 8.25 Item 12 (Actuator - PL 8.25 Item 25) ME PBA sub MP sensor (Paper transport sensor) PL 8.20 Item 24 (Actuator - PL 8.20 Item 12) EX PBA sub exit sensor (Exit sensor) PL 4.15 Item 22 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-5 General Procedures and Information GP 1 Figure 1 LCD test sequence General Procedures and Information GP 1 March 2004 6-6 Work Centre M20 Family GP 2 User Mode Entry Table 1 M20i user mode settings Purpose Function To adjust the user settings. Table 1 and Table 2 show the functions that can be set by the user. Procedure 1. Press Machine Status. 2. Use the up and down keys to scroll through the functions. 3. Press Enter to select the required function. 4. Use the left and right keys to scroll through the items. Fax Setup Item Option Toner Save On / Off Discard Size 0-30 MM Lighten/Darken L[--*--]D Resolution Standard / Fine / Superfine Receive Mode Fax / Tel / Ans/Fax Fax Duplex Off / Long Edge / Short Edge 5. Press Enter to select the required item. 6. Use the left and right keys to scroll through the options. Speed Dials New / Edit / Delete Press Enter to select the required option. Group Dials New / Edit 7. Table 1 M20i user mode settings MSG Confirm On-Err / On / Off Auto Reduction On / Off Function Item Option Prefix Dial Fax Machine Setup Tray 1 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio Auto Report On / Off Tray 2 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio ECM mode On / Off Bypass Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio / A5/ Statement Redials 0-13 Power Save On / Off Ring to Answer 1-7 Machine Timeout 15 / 30 / 60 / 180 / Off Redial Term 1-15 Stamp RX Name On / Off Ringer Low / Med / High / Off Alarm Sound On / Off Junk Fax Setup On / Off Key Sound On / Off Secure Receive On / Off / Print Speaker Control On / Off / Comm. Fax Tray Tray 1 / Tray 1 & Tray 2 / All Language English / French / German / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Finnish / Norwegian / Swedish / Russian Dial Mode Tone / Pulse Localisation Inch / MM Password Protect No / Yes Select Country UK / Greece / Turkey / Ukraine / Slovenia / Russia / Yugoslavia / Australia / HongKong / NewZealand / SouthAfrica / Israel / Korea / K.Xerox / China / India / Asia_STD / Malaysia / Singapore / USA/Canada / Brazil / Chile / Columbia / Mexico / Argentina / Peru / Germany / France / Austria / Switzerland / Italy / Spain / Portugal / Norway / Finland / Sweden / Netherlands / Denmark / Belgium / Hungary / Poland / Czech / Romania / Bulgaria / Ireland Department Enter Master Code Auxiliary Access On / Off Network Setup Reset NIC / Configure Network / Netware / Use Factory Defaults Email Setup SMTP Server Setup / Auth User Setup / Auto Send to Self / Guest User Access / Default From / Default Subject / LDAP Server Setup USB Mode Fast / Slow Device Name Fax / ID Date & Time 00-00-0000 / 00:00 (AM) Clock Mode 12/ 24 Hours Work Centre M20 Family System Admin Tools March 2004 6-7 Change Passcode Clear Memory System Data / Fax TX History / Fax RX History / Fax Phone Book / Email Address Book / Email TX History Maintenance Serial Number / Clean Drum / New Drum / Billing Counters / Notify Toner Low Mailbox Setup Create / Delete General Procedures and Information GP 2 Table 2 C20 user mode settings Table 1 M20i user mode settings Function Item Option Fax/Email Forward Fax / Email Reports Function Reports Table 2 C20 user mode settings Function Item Option Tray 1 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio Tray 2 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio Bypass Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio / A5/ Statement Power Save On / Off System Admin Tools Machine Timeout 15 / 30 / 60 / 180 / Off Alarm Sound On / Off Key Sound On / Off Language English / French / German / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Finnish / Norwegian / Swedish / Russian Localisation Inch / MM Select Country UK / Greece / Turkey / Ukraine / Slovenia / Russia / Yugoslavia / Australia / HongKong / NewZealand / SouthAfrica / Israel / Korea / K.Xerox / China / India / Asia_STD / Malaysia / Singapore / USA/Canada / Brazil / Chile / Columbia / Mexico / Argentina / Peru / Germany / France / Austria / Switzerland / Italy / Spain / Portugal / Norway / Finland / Sweden / Netherlands / Denmark / Belgium / Hungary / Poland / Czech / Romania / Bulgaria / Ireland USB Mode Fast / Slow Toner Save On / Off Password Protect No / Yes Network Setup Reset NIC / Configure Network / Netware / Use Factory Defaults Email Setup SMTP Server Setup / Auth User Setup / Auto Send to Self / Guest User Access / Default From / Default Subject / LDAP Server Setup General Procedures and Information GP 2 Option Change Passcode Fax Phonebook / Fax TX / Fax RX / System Data / Scheduled Jobs / Fax TX Confirm / Email TX REport / Junk Fax List / Billing/ counters / Connect Page / User Auth List / Print All Reports Machine Setup Item March 2004 6-8 Clear Memory System Data / Fax TX History / Fax RX History / Fax Phone Book / Email Address Book / Email TX History Maintenance Serial Number / Clean Drum / New Drum / Billing Counters / Notify Toner Low System Data / Email TX REport / Billing/ counters / Print All Reports Work Centre M20 Family GP 3 Service Mode Entry Table 1 M20i service mode settings Purpose Function To perform various tests to isolate the cause of a fault. Item Option Select Country UK / Greece / Turkey / Ukraine / Slovenia / Russia / Yugoslavia / Australia / HongKong / NewZealand / SouthAfrica / Israel / Korea / K.Xerox / China / India / Asia_STD / Malaysia / Singapore / USA/Canada / Brazil / Chile / Columbia / Mexico / Argentina / Peru / Germany / France / Austria / Switzerland / Italy / Spain / Portugal / Norway / Finland / Sweden / Netherlands / Denmark / Belgium / Hungary / Poland / Czech / Romania / Bulgaria / Ireland Procedure 1. Press Menu/Exit, #, 1, 9, 3, 4 in sequence. The LCD will display ‘T’ or ‘TECH’. The machine has now entered service (tech) mode. NOTE: While in tech mode, the machine will perform all normal operations. 2. 3. Refer to Table 1 or Table 2. Perform the following: a. Press Machine Status. b. Use the up and down keys to scroll through the functions. c. Press Enter to select the required function. USB Mode Fast / Slow d. Use the left and right keys to scroll through the items. Device Name Fax / ID e. Press Enter to select the required item. Date & Time 00-00-0000 / 00:00 (AM) f. Use the left and right keys to scroll through the options. Clock Mode 12/ 24 Hours g. Press Enter to select the required option. Toner Save On / Off To exit service (tech) mode, press Menu/Exit, #, 1, 9, 3, 4 in sequence or switch off the machine, then switch on the machine. NOTE: Options that have been changed in service mode will not be retained unless the machines memory is cleared. Fax Setup Table 1 M20i service mode settings Function Machine Setup Item Option Discard Size 0-30 MM Lighten/Darken L[--*--]D Resolution Standard / Fine / Superfine Receive Mode Fax / Tel / Ans/Fax Fax Duplex Off / Long Edge / Short Edge Speed Dials New / Edit / Delete New / Edit Tray 1 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio Group Dials Tray 2 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio MSG Confirm On-Err / On / Off Auto Reduction On / Off Bypass Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio / A5/ Statement Power Save On / Off Prefix Dial Fax Machine Timeout 15 / 30 / 60 / 180 / Off Auto Report On / Off Stamp RX Name On / Off ECM mode On / Off On / Off Redials 0-13 On / Off Ring to Answer 1-7 Redial Term 1-15 Alarm Sound Key Sound Speaker Control On / Off / Comm. Language English / French / German / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Finnish / Norwegian / Swedish / Russian Ringer Low / Med / High / Off Junk Fax Setup On / Off Secure Receive On / Off / Print Inch / MM Fax Tray Tray 1 / Tray 1 & Tray 2 / All Dial Mode (GP 4) Tone / Pulse Password Protect No / Yes Department Enter Master Code Auxiliary Access On / Off Localisation System Admin Tools Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-9 General Procedures and Information GP 3 Table 1 M20i service mode settings Function Table 2 C20 service mode settings Item Option Network Setup Reset NIC / Configure Network / Netware / Use Factory Defaults Function Email Setup SMTP Server Setup / Auth User Setup / Auto Send to Self / Guest User Access / Default From / Default Subject / LDAP Server Setup Item Option Select Country UK / Greece / Turkey / Ukraine / Slovenia / Russia / Yugoslavia / Australia / HongKong / NewZealand / SouthAfrica / Israel / Korea / K.Xerox / China / India / Asia_STD / Malaysia / Singapore / USA/Canada / Brazil / Chile / Columbia / Mexico / Argentina / Peru / Germany / France / Austria / Switzerland / Italy / Spain / Portugal / Norway / Finland / Sweden / Netherlands / Denmark / Belgium / Hungary / Poland / Czech / Romania / Bulgaria / Ireland Change Passcode Clear Memory System Data / Fax TX History / Fax RX History / Fax Phone Book / Email Address Book / Email TX History / Clear All Memory (GP 5) Maintenance (GP 6) Serial Number / Clean Drum / New Drum / Billing Counters / Notify Toner Low / Send Level / Dial Mode / Switch Test / Modem Test / DRAM Test / ROM Test / Pattern Test / Shading Test / Error Rate / Modem Speed / Engine Test / Silence Time / Flash Upgrade / Reset Passcode Mailbox Setup Create / Delete Fax/Email Forward Fax / Email Reports (GP 7) System Admin Tools Protocol / Fax Phonebook / Fax TX / Fax RX / System Data / Scheduled Jobs / Fax TX Confirm / Email TX Report / Junk Fax List / Billing/ Counters / Connect Page / User Auth List / Print All Reports (includes Help List) USB Mode Fast / Slow Toner Save On / Off Password Protect No / Yes Network Setup Reset NIC / Configure Network / Netware / Use Factory Defaults Email Setup SMTP Server Setup / Auth User Setup / Auto Send to Self / Guest User Access / Default From / Default Subject / LDAP Server Setup Change Passcode Clear Memory System Data / Fax TX History / Fax RX History / Fax Phone Book / Email Address Book / Email TX History / Clear All Memory (GP 5) Maintenance (GP 6) Serial Number / Clean Drum / New Drum / Billing Counters / Notify Toner Low / Switch Test / DRAM Test / ROM Test / Pattern Test / Shading Test / Engine Test / Flash Upgrade / Reset Passcode Table 2 C20 service mode settings Function Item Option Machine Setup Tray 1 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio Tray 2 Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio Bypass Size Letter / A4 / Legal / Folio / A5/ Statement Power Save On / Off Machine Timeout 15 / 30 / 60 / 180 / Off Alarm Sound On / Off Key Sound On / Off Language English / French / German / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Finnish / Norwegian / Swedish / Russian Localisation Inch / MM General Procedures and Information GP 3 Reports (GP 7) March 2004 6-10 System Data / Email TX Report / Billing/ Counters / Print All Reports (includes Help List) Work Centre M20 Family GP 4 Fax Setup GP 5 Memory Clear Purpose Purpose To give details of the fax setup that can be selected in service mode, GP 3: To give details of the memory clear procedure that can be performed in service mode, GP 3: • • Dialing Mode Clear All Memory Dialing Mode Clear All Memory Select the dialing mode according to the users line status: This function resets the system to the default factory setting. All the values will be returned to default values, and all the information, which has been set by the user, will be lost. A memory clear must be performed if a new main PBA has been installed. • TONE: Electronic dialing (modern systems). • PULSE: Mechanical dialing (older systems). Perform the following: Work Centre M20 Family 1. Enter service mode, GP 3. 2. Select ‘MEMORY CLEAR’. 3. Press the ENTER button. 4. Select the relevant country. 5. Press the ENTER button. March 2004 6-11 General Procedures and Information GP 4, GP 5 GP 6 Maintenance New Drum Purpose If the ‘New OPC Error’ message is displayed after initial power on or after closing the cover after installing a new drum, it makes installing a new drum compulsory. To give details of the maintenance tests or procedures that can be performed in service mode, GP 3: • Serial Number • Clean Drum • New Drum Notify Toner Low When this feature is enabled, if the toner level becomes low, the information will be sent to a specified contact point, for example, the service company. To enable, access this menu, select ON, and when the LCD prompts, enter the name and the number of the contact point, the customers fax number, the model name, and the serial number. • Notify Toner Low • Billing Counters • Send Level Billing Counters • Dial Mode (M20i only) Displays the following counters • Switch Test • Modem Test • • DRAM Test • ROM Test • Pattern Test • Shading Test • Error Rate Total impressions • Toner impressions • Drum impressions • DADF scanned pages • Platen scanned pages • Replaced toner • Replaced drum • Modem Speed • Engine Test Send Level • Silence Time The transmission signal level can set. Typically, the level should be under -12dBm. • Flash Upgrade • Reset Passcode NOTE: The send fax level is set at the optimum level during manufacture. Do not change the send fax level arbitrarily. Serial Number Dial Mode (M20i only) Use this procedure to restore the machine serial number after replacing the Main PBA. Refer to GP 4. The serial number of each machine is marked on the rating label, which is located on the rear of the machine. The serial number should be 16 digits. The actual serial number is comprised by the product code of 3 digits and serial number of 6 digits. Therefore the last 7 digits are input by null code ‘0’. Example: RYR361001 = RYR3610010000000. Clean Drum Use this procedure to clean the toner remaining on the OPC drum, so a clean printout can be obtained. Perform this procedure if stains or specks appear on the prints and print quality is defective. Switch Test Use this feature to test all keys on the operation control panel. The result will be displayed on the LCD window each time you press a key. Modem Test Use this procedure to hear various transmission signals to the telephone line from the modem and to check the modem. If no transmission signal is heard, the modem part of the main board is defective. DRAM Test The machine automatically prints a sheet of paper. The toner particles on the OPC drum surface are fixed to the paper. Use this procedure to test the machines DRAM. The result will appear on the LCD display. If the memory is working correctly, the LCD will display ‘OK’. It may be necessary to perform this procedure several times until a clean print is produced. ROM Test Use this procedure to test the machines ROM. The result and the software version will appear on the LCD display: • General Procedures and Information GP 6 March 2004 6-12 FLASH VER: 1.00 V Work Centre M20 Family • Error Rate ENGINE VER:1.00V Pattern Test If the error rate is about to exceed the set value, the Baud rate is automatically lowered, by up to a maximum of 2400 bps, to ensure that the error rate remains below the set level. This procedure is used during manufacturing only. Not to be used during service. Shading Test The rate can be set between 5% and 10%. Use this procedure to test the CCD. If the image quality is unsatisfactory, perform this procedure to check the operation of the CCD. Modem Speed NOTE: Before performing the adjust shading test, ensure the DADF is lowered. The maximum modem speed can be set. The machine will automatically lower the modem speed setting when communicating with a machine that has a lower transmit/receive setting. Perform the following: 1. Enter service mode, GP 3. 2. Select ‘ADJUST SHADING’. 3. Press the SET UP button, then an image will be scanned. 4. After the scan, the CCD shading profile will be printed, Figure 1. 5. If the printed image is different to the CCD shading profile image, the CCD is defective. The default modem speed setting is 33.6Kbps. This default setting should not be changed. Engine Test Refer to Engine Test Mode Entry, GP 1. Silence Time In ANS/FAX mode, after a call is picked up by the answering machine, the machine monitors the line. If a period of silence is detected on the line at any time, the call will be treated as a fax message and the machine will begin receiving. Silence detection time is selectable between limited (approximately 12 seconds) and unlimited time. When ‘12 sec’ is selected, the machine switches to receiving mode as soon as it detects a period of silence. When ‘unlimited’ is selected, the machine waits until the answering operation is concluded even though a period of silence is detected. After the answering operation is concluded, the machine switches to receiving mode. Flash Upgrade The firmware upgrade procedure has two methods, local and remote. For more information, refer to Firmware Upgrade, GP 8. Reset Passcode Use this procedure to either disable or reset the system administrator passcode. Figure 1 Shading profile Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-13 General Procedures and Information GP 6 GP 7 Reports Purpose To give details of the information available in the reports function in service mode, GP 3: • Protocol List • Fax Phonebook • Fax TX • Fax RX • Schedule Jobs • System Data • Fax TX Confirm • Junk Fax List • Email TX Report • Billing/Counters • Connect Page • User Auth List • Print All Reports Protocol List This list shows the sequence of the CCITT group 3 T.30 protocol during the most recent sending or receiving operation. Use this list to check for send and receive errors. If a communication error occurs while the machine is in TECH mode, the protocol list will print automatically, Figure 1. Figure 1 Protocol list Fax Phonebook Lists all telephone numbers that have been stored in the machine. Fax TX This journal shows specific information concerning transmission activities, the time and dates of up to 40 of the most recent transmissions. Fax RX This journal shows specific information concerning reception activities, the time and dates of up to 40 of the most recent receptions. Schedule Jobs This list shows specific information on the documents currently stored for delayed transmission. It provides the operation number, starting time, type of operation, etc. System Data This list provides a list of the user system data settings and tech mode settings. Fax TX Confirm Displays the result of the last send operation. General Procedures and Information GP 7 March 2004 6-14 Work Centre M20 Family Junk Fax List GP 8 Firmware Upgrade This list shows specific information about the fax numbers from which the machine will receive faxes. Purpose Email TX Report • Local Machine • Remote FAX This report shows specific information concerning scan to email activities, the time and dates of the most recent transmissions. To give details of the 2 possible firmware upgrade procedures, local and remote: Local Machine RCP (Remote Control Panel) mode Billing/Counters Use this method if the machine can be connected to a PC via a parallel port or USB port. This list shows specific information about the machines total print count. 1. Connect the PC to the machine with either a parallel cable or USB cable. 2. Execute RCP and select Firmware Update. Current firmware version and emulation version are displayed in the current version window. 3. Use the browse function to locate the firmware file to update. 4. Click the Update icon, the firmware file is transmitted to the machine automatically. The machine will initialize when the update is complete. 5. Click the Refresh icon and check what has been updated. Connect Page This list shows specific information about the machines connection profile. User Auth List This list shows specific information about the authorised email users. DOS Command mode Print All Reports Use this method if the machine can be connected to a PC via a parallel port only. This function will print all available reports including the Help List. The Help List shows a brief 1. The following files are required; down.bat, down_com.bin, fprt.exe, and Rom File: file name for upgrade. Save the files in the same folder. 2. Open the DOS command window. 3. In the DOS window, input as below and push the enter key. It will then automatically upgrade. There are two commands for which can be used. Use the correct command depending on the condition of machine: description on the machine's basic functions and commands. Use it as a quick reference guide a. When the machine is in idle condition, use down “rom file”. b. When the machine is in idle condition (TECH MODE/MAINTENANCE/FLASH UPGRADE/LOCAL) use fprt “rom file”. NOTE: Do not turn off the power during the upgrade process. Remote FAX Use this is a function to update a remote machine that has a fax. A local fax machine that has the latest firmware can send files to the remote fax machine through the telephone line. NOTE: To perform this procedure successfully, the sending and receiving machines must be identical configurations. 1. Operate the local fax machine that has the latest firmware to prepare for the upgrade, (TECH MODE/MAINTENANCE/FLASH UPGRADE/REMOTE). 2. Input the fax number of the machine to be upgraded. NOTE: Several machines can be upgraded at the same time. In this case, enter the fax number of each machine. 3. After pressing the enter button, the firmware file will be sent. This procedure will take approximately 15 minutes. NOTE: A sending fax machine must be set up as ECM mode. The receiving machines memory must be set up as 100%. If not, the function will not operate successfully. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-15 General Procedures and Information GP 7, GP 8 GP 9 Identify Sale Date (M20i Only) GP 10 General Disassembly Precautions Purpose Purpose This function confirms the date that the consumer bought the product and the date that the product was first used. The machine recognizes the first scan page count, print page count etc. Use this procedure when disassembling and reassembling components. Procedure Procedure Perform the following: 1. Press MENU, #, 1, 9, 3, # in sequence. The close proximity of cables to moving parts makes proper routing essential. If components are removed, any cables disturbed by the procedure must be restored as close as possible to their original positions. Before removing any component from the machine, note the cable routing that will be affected. NOTE: The Firmware version will be displayed on the LCD. 2. Press 1: The LCD display shows the "Updated date" Press 2: The LCD display shows "Product first use date" NOTE: These contents are remembered after a memory delete (Clear All Memory). 3. To exit sale date, switch off the machine then switch on the machine. General Procedures and Information GP 9, GP 10 Whenever servicing the machine, perform the following: 1. Check to verify that documents are not stored in memory. 2. Unplug the power cord. 3. Use a flat and clean surface. 4. Only install authorized components. 5. Do not forcibly remove plastic components. 6. Ensure all components are in their correct position. March 2004 6-16 Work Centre M20 Family GP 11 Machine Specifications Table 1 General specifications Specifications are correct at the time of publication. Machine specifications are subject to change without notice. Refer to the following tables for machine specifications: • Table 1 General Specifications. • Table 2 Printer Specifications. • Table 3 Facsimile Specifications (M20i Only). • Table 4 Scanner Specifications. • Table 6 Telephone Specifications (M20i Only). • Table 7 Consumables. • Table 8 Fuser Operating Temperatures. • Table 9 HVPS Output. 4 Mbyte for flash Memory, 32 Mbyte SDRAM Item Table 1 General specifications Item Memory Description Table 2 Printer specifications Table 5 Copy Specifications. • Item Description Description Standard Recommendation ITU-T Group3(ITU: International Telecommunications Union) Application Circuit PSTN or behind PABX (PSTN: Public Switched Telephone Network. PABX: Private Automatic Branch Exchange) Data coding (Compression) MH/MR/MMR/JBIG/JPEG (Color/Transmission) Modem speed 33600/28800/21600/19200/14400/12000 Transmission Speed Approximately 3 sec(33,600 bps) Effective Scanning Width 8.2 inches(208 mm) Type of Unit Desktop Halftone 256 Levels Operation System Win98/ME/ NT 4.0/2000/XP Paper Capacity (Input) DADF (Duplex Automatic Document Feeder): 50Sheets (75g) Duplex Printing Yes(Default) Printing Speed Simplex: 22ppm for 8.5x11, 21ppm for A4 Duplex: 13ppm for 8.5x11, 12.6ppm for A4 Interface FAX Mode Standard /Fine/Super Fine/Halftone Memory 8MB IEEE1284 (ECP) Table 3 Facsimile specifications USB (without HUB mode) CPU Item 120 MHz(ARM946ES) System Memory 32Mb Warming up Time 40 Sec(Stand-By), 25°C Absolute Storage Condition Temperature: -20°C ~ 40°C, Humidity: 10% RH ~ 95% RH Operating Condition Temperature: 10°C ~ 32°C, Humidity: 20% RH ~ 80% RH Recommended Operating Con- Temperature: 16°C ~ 30°C, Humidity: 30% RH ~ 70% RH dition Description Standard Recommendation ITU-T Group3(ITU: International Telecommunications Union) Application Circuit PSTN or behind PABX (PSTN: Public Switched Telephone Network. PABX: Private Automatic Branch Exchange) Data coding (Compression) MH/MR/MMR/JBIG/JPEG (Color/Transmission) Modem speed 33600/28800/21600/19200/14400/12000 Basic: 560 X 433 X 397 mm(Platen cover attached) Transmission Speed Approximately 3 sec (33,600 bps) Extended: 560 X 433 X 490 mm (DADF attached) 560 X 433 X 530 mm (SCF attached) 560 X 433 X 620 mm (both DADF and SCF attached) Effective Scanning Width 8.2 inches (208 mm) Weight About 26Kg(with CRU) FAX Mode Standard /Fine/Super Fine/Halftone Acoustic Noise Less than 65 dB(Copy/Printing scanning mode) Memory 8MB Power Rating AC 100VAC ~ 127VAC ± 15%, 50/60Hz ± 3Hz AC 220VAC ~ 240VAC ± 15%, 50/60Hz ± 3Hz Power Consumption Avg. 500W/h(Print/Copy) Power Save Consumption Avg. 35W/h Recommended System Requirement Pentium IV 1.2 Ghz, 128 MB RAM, 220MB(Hard Disk) Dimension(W X D X H) Minimum System Requirement Pentium III 500Mhz, 32 MB RAM, 100MB(Hard Disk) LCD Work Centre M20 Family 20 characters X 2 lines Halftone 256 Levels Paper Capacity (Input) DADF (Duplex Automatic Document Feeder): 50 Sheets (75g) Table 4 Scanner specifications Item Description Type Flatbed (with DADF) Speed Mono Binary: 0.68 msec/line, Color/Mono. Gray: 2.5 msec/ line Device Color CCD (Charge Coupled Device) Module March 2004 6-17 General Procedures and Information GP 11 Table 4 Scanner specifications Item NOTE: (1) Speed claims based on the test chart: Letter size. SDMP: Single Document Multiple Printout Description Interface IEEE1284 (ECP Support) USB (without HUB Mode) Compatibility TWAIN Standard, WIA(TBD) Optical Resolution (H X V) 600 X 600 dpi Interpolation Resolution Max. 4800 dpi MDSP: Multiple Document Single Printout Table 6 Telephone specifications Item Description Halftone 256 Levels Speed Dial 200 Locations Effective Scan width 8.2 inches(208 mm) Tone/Pulse Tone only user mode. Tone/Pulse selectable in tech mode. Ringer Volume OFF, LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH Chain Dial None Pause Yes, using the Pause/Redial Key Table 5 Copy specifications Item Table 7 Consumables Description Mode B/W Quality Text/Photo/Mixed Mono Copy Speed(1) Platen (SDMP): 21 cpm ADF (SDMP): 21 cpm ADF (MDSP): Text/mixed: Approx. 21 cpm Optical Resolution (H x V) 600 X 600 dpi Multi Copy 1 to 999 Maximum Original Size Legal Maximum Page Size Legal Paper Type Selection Plain, Cardstock, Transparency, Bond, Labels, Colored Zoom Range Platen: 25 ~ 400%(1% Step) ADF: 25~100%(1% Step) Item Life expectancy Toner Cartridge 8,000 sheets (5% coverage pattern, simplex normal mode) Drum Cartridge 20,000 sheets (simplex normal mode) Table 8 Fuser operating temperatures Machine State or Paper Type Environment (Power on/after 2 minutes/after 30 prints/after 60 prints) LL NN HH Machine in standby 200/195 degrees C 195/188 degrees C 195/185 degrees C Plain 205/195 degrees C 200/195 degrees C 200/195 degrees C Thick/Bond/Label 205/195 degrees C 200/195 degrees C 200/195 degrees C Thin 195/190 degrees C 190/183/178/173 degrees C 190/180 degrees C Envelope 200 degrees C 200/195 degrees C 195/190 degrees C Cardstock 210/205 degrees C 210/205 degrees C 205/200 degrees C OHP 175 degrees C 170 degrees C 170 degrees C The environment acronyms are as follows: • LL - Low temperature/low humidity. • NN - Normal temperature/normal humidity. • HH - High temperature/high humidity. Table 9 HVPS Output HVPS Output General Procedures and Information GP 11 Voltage Transfer High Voltage (THV) Max +5000V DC +/- 10% Transfer Cleaning Voltage (THV Neg) -1000V DC +/- 15% Developing Voltage (DEV) -250V to -500V DC +/- 5% March 2004 6-18 Work Centre M20 Family Table 9 HVPS Output HVPS Output Voltage Charge Voltage (MHV) -1300V to -1450V DC +/- 5% Supply Voltage -400V to -650V DC +/- 5% Blade Voltage -300V to -550V DC +/- 5% OPC Drum -135V +/- 15% Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-19 General Procedures and Information GP 11 GP 12 Circuit Description Purpose To give information about the machines main circuitry. PBA main NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. The main circuit that consists of CPU, MFP controller (built in 32bit RISC processor core: ARM946ES) including various I/O device drivers, system memory, scanner, printer, motor driver, PC I/F and FAX transceiver controls the whole system. The entire structure of the main circuit is as shown in Figure 1. General Procedures and Information GP 12 March 2004 6-20 Work Centre M20 Family Figure 1 Main circuit Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-21 General Procedures and Information GP 12 GP 13 Circuit Operation Program ROM (Flash Memory) Control Purpose Device To give information about the operation of the machines circuitry: Refer to Table 1. • Power On/Off Reset • Program ROM (Flash Memory) Control • AC Characteristics • USB (Universal Serial Bus) • SRAM: 1MByte SRAM K6F1008U2C • FAX Transceiver Table 1 Device TYPE NO. AM29LU160DB CAPACITY 4 MBYTE (1M * 16BITS * 2) Programming Refer to Table 2. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Power On/Off Reset Table 2 Programming BEFORE ASS’Y EPROM PROGRAMMER or PROGRAMMING at the factory AFTER ASS’Y DOWNLOAD from PC Signal Operation Input signal: +3.3V Power Line (VCC) Output Signal: XC61 FN 3112 (POWER ON/OFF DETECT VCC RISING/FALLING 3.1V RESET TIME (Td): 5.461ms Timing Chart Refer to Figure 1. Operating Principle When the RCSO (ROM CHIP SELECT) signal is activated from the CPU after the POWER is ON, it activates RD SIGNAL and reads the DATA (HIGH/LOW) stored in the FLASH MEMORY to control the overall system. The FLASH MEMORY may also write. When turning the power on, press and hold the key (power switch) for 2-3 seconds, then the LED will scroll and the PROGRAM DOWNLOAD MODE will be activated. In this mode, you can download the program through the parallel port. AC Characteristics Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3. Figure 1 Timing chart General Procedures and Information GP 13 March 2004 6-22 Work Centre M20 Family NOTE: Refer to the Erase/Program Operations table for Tas and Tah specifications USB (Universal Serial Bus) NS’s USBN9602 is used as the interface IC and 48MHz clock is used. When the data is received through the USB port, EIRQ1 SIGNAL is activated to send interrupt to the CPU, then it directly sends the data to DRAM by IOCS4*&DRAMA (11) SIGNAL through DRAMD (24;31). SRAM: 1MByte SRAM K6F1008U2C It stores a variety of option data. FAX Transceiver General This circuit processes transmission signals of modem and between LIU and modem. Modem (U44) FM336 is a single ship fax modem. It has functions of DTMF detection and DTMF signal production as well as functions of a modem. TX A1, 2 is a transmission output port and RX IN is a received data input port. / POR signal controlled by MFP controller (U3:ARM946ES) can initialize modem (/M_RST) without turning off the system. D0-D7 are 8-bit data buses. RS0-RS4 signals to select the register in modem chips. /RS and /WR signals control READ and WRITE respectively. /IRQ is a signal for modem interrupt. Figure 2 Program operation timings Transmission speed of FM336 is supported up to 33.6k. NOTE: 1. PA= program address, PD= program data, Dout is the true data at the program address. The modem is connected to LINE through transformer directly, refer to Figure 4. NOTE: 2. Figure 2 shows device in word mode. Figure 4 Fax transceiver Figure 3 BYTE# timings for write operations Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-23 General Procedures and Information GP 13 GP 14 Scanner Operation CCD Purpose Charge Coupled Device improves productivity and allows a compact design. The machine uses a color CCD. To give information about the operation of the scanner: • Summary • Minimum Scan Line Time for One Color: 2.5mSec. • CCD • Light Source Power: +18V. • Key Features • Maximum Pixel frequency: 10MHz. • Effective Sensor Element: 5340 X 3. • Clamp Level: 0.7~ 0.8V. • Bright Output: MIN 0.8V8-3-2 Key Features. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Summary This flat-bed type device to read manuscripts has 600dpi CCD as an image sensor. There is one optical sensor for detecting CCD home position and scan-end position. The home position is detected by a optical sensor which is attached to the CCD Module. The scan-end position is calculated by the number of motor steps. Refer to Figure 1 for the scanner block diagram. Key Features Overview 1. 0.5m C-MOS process (TLM), 208-PIN QFP, STD85 library. 2. Frequency: Max PLL 80 MHz. 3. On-Chip oscillator. 4. Method: Raster scanning method. 5. Image Sauce: 300/400/600dpi CIS & CCD. 6. Scanning Mode: • color gray image: each 8 bits / RGB. • mono gray image: 8 bits / pixel. • binary image: 1 bit / pixel (for text/photo/mixed mode). 7. Maximum scanning width: A3, 600dpi (8K effective pixels). 8. Ideal MSLT (A4, 600/300dpi): • 9. color gray image: 3x5Kx80nsec = 1.2msec (7/28 CPM). • mono gray image: 1x5Kx80nsec = 0.4msec (21/84 CPM). • binary image: 1x5Kx80nsec = 0.4msec (21/84 CPM). A/D conversion depth: 12bits. Pixel Processing Structure • Minimum pixel processing time: 4 system clocks. • High speed pipeline processing method. (Shading correction, Gamma correction, Enlargement/Reduction and Binarisation) Shading Correction 1. White shading correction support for each R/G/B. 2. White shading data memory: 3x8Kx12bits = 288Kbits - 384Kbits (external). 3. Black shading data memory: 3x8Kx12bits = 288Kbits - 384Kbits (external). Gamma Correction 1. Independent Gamma table for each RGB component. 2. Gamma table data memory: 3x1Kx8bits = 24Kbits (internal). Binarisation (mono) 1. 256 Gray’s halftone representation for Photo document: 3x5 EDF (Error Diffusion) method proposed by Stucki. 2. LAT (Local Adaptive Threshold) for text document: Figure 1 Block Diagram • General Procedures and Information GP 14 March 2004 6-24 use of 5x5 LOCAL WINDOW (TIP ALGORITHM). Work Centre M20 Family • ABC (Automatic Background Control): Tmin Automatic change. 3. Mixed mode processing for text/photo mixed document. 4. EDF data memory: 2x4Kx16bits = 128Kbits (internal). 5. LAT data memory: 4x4Kx16bits = 256Kbits (external). Scaling of Input Image 1. 2. Scaling factor: • Horizontal direction: 25 ~ 800% by 1% unit. • Vertical direction: 25 ~ 100% by 1% unit. Scaling data memory: 2x8Kx8bits = 128Kbits (internal). Intelligent Scan Motor Controller 1. Automatic acceleration/deceleration/uniform velocity. 2. Data memory: 256x16bits = 4Kbits (internal). Auto-Run Automatic CLK_LINE (line processing start control) and TG (line scan start control) signal generation. 1. Available re-synchronization of TG signal. 2. Programmable TG’s period & CLK_LINE’s occurrence number. Processed Data Output Format in DTM (Data Transfer Module) 1. DMA mode: Burst/On-demand mode. 2. CDIP I/F: LINE_SYNC, PIXEL_SYSNC, PIXEL_DATA[7:0]. 36 General Purpose Input/Output: 8(GPO), 28(GPIO) Black/White Reversion and Image Mirroring Support Refer to Figure 2 and Figure 3. Figure 2 External interface with CIP4 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-25 General Procedures and Information GP 14 GP 15 Host Interface Purpose To give information about the machines interfaces: • Host Interface • USB Interface (Option: Direct Kit/Network Kit) Referred to IEEE 1284 standard. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Host Interface PARALLEL PORT INTERFACE PART ARM946ES has the Parallel Port Interface Part that enables Parallel Interface with a PC. This part is connected to a PC through a Centronics connector. It generates major control signals that are used to actuate parallel communication. It is comprised of /ERROR, PE, BUSY, /ACK, SLCT, /INIT, /SLCTIN, /AUTOFD and /STB. This part and the PC data transmission method support the method specified in IEEE P1283 Parallel Port Standard (http://www.fapo.com/ieee1284.html). In other words, it supports both compatibility mode (basic print data transmitting method), the nibble mode (4bit data; supports data uploading to PC) and ECP (enhanced capabilities port: 8bits data - high speed two-way data transmission with PC). Figure 3 Block Diagram of CIP4 Compatibility mode is generally referred to as the Centronics mode and this is the protocol used by most PC’s to transmit data to a printer. ECP mode is an improved protocol for the communication between a PC and peripherals such as a printer and a scanner, and it provides high speed two-way data communication. ECP mode provides two cycles in the two-way data transmission; data cycle and command cycle. The command cycle has two formats; Run-Length Count and Channel Addressing. RLE (Run-Length Count) has high compression rate (64x) and it allows real-time data compression that is useful for the printer and scanner that need to transmit large raster image that has a series of same data. Channel Addressing was designed to address multiple devices with single structure. For example, like this system, when the fax/ printer/scanner have one structure, the parallel port can be used for other purposes while the printer image is being processed. This system uses RLE for high speed data transmission. PC control signal and data send/receive tasks such as PC data printing, high speed uploading of scanned data to PC, upload/download of the fax data to send or receive and monitoring the system control signal and overall system from PC are all processed through this part. USB Interface (Option: Direct Kit/Network Kit) Refer to Figure 1. General Procedures and Information GP 14, GP 15 March 2004 6-26 Work Centre M20 Family GP 16 Engine Controller Purpose To give information about the machines control circuits: • Fuser Control/Thermistor Circuit • Paper Sensing Circuit • LSU Circuit • Fan/Solenoid Actuation Circuit • PTL Actuation Circuit • Motor Actuation Circuit • High Voltage Power Supply NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Fuser Control/Thermistor Circuit This circuit controls the heat lamp temperature to fix the transferred toner onto the paper. It is comprised of the thermistor that has the negative resistance against the temperature and LM393 (voltage comparator) and transistor for switching. Figure 1 USB interface The thermistor has the resistance value reverse proportional to the heat lamp surface temperature. The voltage value is read by #60 pin(AVIN2) of CPU referring to the parallel combined resistance with the resistor(R43) connected parallel to it and the voltage distribution of R29. The voltage read activates (inactivates) ‘fuser’ signal to high (or low) referring to the set temperature and when the ‘fuser on’ signal turns down (high) to low (high) by Q3 switching, the S21ME4 inside SMPS (PC3) turns on (off) and this eventually turns two-way thyristor (SY1) on (off) to allow (shut) AC voltage to the heat lamp. Features • USB Specification Version 2.0 Compliant (high and full speed). • Interfaces between a local CPU bus and a USB bus. • Supports USB Full Speed (12 Mbps) and High Speed (480 Mbps). • Supports optional Split Bus DMA, with dedicated DMA and CPU access. • Provides 3 Configurable Physical Endpoints, in addition to Endpoint 0. • Provides 30 Configurable Virtual Endpoints. • Each endpoint can be lsochronous, Bulk, or Interrupt, as well as IN or OUT. LM393 is a H/W designed to protect the system when the software heat lamp control does not run normal. When the thermistor temperature goes up to 210C, #1 pin’s level (LM393) will turn low to turn the ‘fuser on’ signal to high. (forcefully shuts off Q3)In other words LM393 shuts off the heat lamp forcefully. • Supports high-bandwidth isochronous mode. • Supports Max Packet Size up to 1K bytes, double buffered. • Internal 3 Kbyte memory provides transmit and receive buffers. • Local CPU bus easily interfaces to generic CPUs. Paper Sensing Circuit • 8-bit or 16-bit CPU or DMA bus transfers. Cover Open Sensing • Multiple register address modes supports both direct and indirect register addressing. • Automatic retry of failed packets. • Diagnostic register allows forced USB errors. Cover Open Sensor is located on the right rear side of the printer. In case the right cover is open, it shuts +5V (LSU laser unit) and +24V(main motor, polygon motor of fixer LSU and HVPS) that are supplied to each unit. It detects the cover opening through CPU. In this case, the red LED of the OP Panel LED will turn on. • Software controlled disconnect allows re-enumeration. • Atomic operation to set and clear status bits, simplifying software. Paper Empty Sensing • Low power CMOS in 64 Pin Plastic TQFP Package. • 30 MHz oscillator with internal phase-lock loop multiplier. • Provides an output clock to the local bus-8 programmable frequencies from OFF to 60 MHz. The paper empty sensor (photo interrupter), located inside bottom of the bin cassette detects paper with the actuator connected to it and informs the CPU of whether there is paper. When there is no paper in the cassette, the red LED of the OP panel LED will turn on to tell the user to fill the cassette with papers. • 2.5V, 3.3V operating voltages with 5V tolerant I/O. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-27 General Procedures and Information GP 15, GP 16 Paper Feeding When the paper is fed into the set and passes through the actuator of the feed sensor unit, transistor inside the photo interrupter will turn on, ‘nFEED’ signal will turn low and inform CPU that the paper is currently fed into the system. CPU detects this signal and sprays video data after certain time (related to paper adjustment). If the paper does not hit the feed sensor within certain time, CPU detects this and informs as “Paper Jam0” (red LED on the OP panel will turn on) Paper Exit Sensing The system detects the paper going out of the set with the exit sensor assembled to the actuator attached to the frame. If CPU does not turn back high a while after the paper hits the exit sensor, CPU detects this and inform as “Paper Jam2” (red LEDs on the OP panel will turn on). It receives motor enable signal (2 phase) from CPU and generates bipolar pulse (constantcurrent) and sends its output to stepping motor input. High Voltage Power Supply Summary It is the high voltage power supply that has DC+24V/DC+5V (used for the image forming device in OA digital picture developing method) as the rated inputs. It supplies electrifying voltage (MHV), supply voltage (SUPPLY), developing voltage (DEV), blade voltage (BLADE) and transferring voltage (THV). Each high voltage supply shows the voltage required in each digital picture process. Digital Picture Process Digital picture developing method is widely used by copy machine, laser beam printer and fax paper. The process is comprised of electrification, exposure, develop, transfer and fixing. Refer to Figure 1. LSU Circuit Polygon Motor Unit (actuated by +24V) The polygon motor inside LSU rotates by the ‘PMOTOR’ signal. When it reaches the motor constant velocity section through the initial transient (transient response) section, it sends the ‘nLREADY’ signal to the CPU. The ‘clock’ pin is the pin that receives clock of the required frequency when LSU uses external CLK as the motor rotational frequency. Currently the external clock circuit is located in the HVPS and 1686Hz = 6.9083MHz (crystal frequency)212(74HC4060N IC), is used as the rotational frequency of the polygon motor. Laser Unit (actuated by +5V) After laser is turned on by ‘nLD_ON’ signal, it is reflected by 6 mirrors (polygon mirror) attached to the polygon motor and performs scan in horizontal way.When the laser beam hits the corner of the polygon mirror, it generates ‘nHSYNC’ signal (pulse) and the CPU forms the left margin of the image using this signal (horizontal synchronous signal). Fan/Solenoid Actuation Circuit The fan actuation circuit its power using NPN TR. When it receives ‘FAN’ signal from the CPU. The TR will turn on to make the voltage supplied to the fan to 24V in order to actuate the fan. The solenoid is actuated in the same way. When it receives control signal from the CPU, the solenoid for paper feeding is actuated by switching circuit. D29(1N4003) diode is applied to the both ends of the output terminal Q22(KSC1008-Y) from noise pulse induced while the solenoid is de-energized. to protect PTL Actuation Circuit PTL actuation circuit switches its power using NPN TR. Motor Actuation Circuit Motor actuation circuit is determined while selecting the initial driver IC (provided by the vendor). This system uses TEA3718(U57, U58), A2918(U59)’s motor driver IC. However, the sensing resistance (R273, R274, R292, R293) and reference resistance (R284, R289, R294, R295) can vary depending on the motor actuation current value. General Procedures and Information GP 16 Figure 1 Process First, in the electrification process, retain constant charge at approximately -900V for the electric potential on the OPC surface by electrifying OPC drum at approximately -1.4KV through the electrification roller. The electrified surface of OPC is exposed responding to the video data by the LSU that received print command due to rotation. The unexposed non-video section will retain the original electric potential of -900V, but the electric potential of the image area exposed by LSU will be approximately -180V that it will form the electrostatic latent image. The surface of the photo-conductive drum where the electrostatic latent image is formed reaches the developer as the drum rotates. Then the electrostatic latent image formed on the OPC drum is developed by the toner supplied to the developing roller by supplying roller and it is transformed into visible image. It is the process to change the afterimage on the OPC drum surface formed by LSU into visible image by the toner particles. March 2004 6-28 Work Centre M20 Family While the supply roller energized with -450V by HVPS and the developer roller energized with -300V rotate in the same direction, it keeps the toner particles between two rollers supplied to OPC drum in negative state by the friction between two rollers. The toner supplied to the developer roller is biased to bias electric potential by the developer roller and transferred to the developing area. After (-) toner is attached to the developer roller, it will move to the exposed high electric potential surface (-180V) rather than to the unexposed low electric potential surface (-900V) of the developer roller and OPC drum. Eventually the toner will not settle in the low electric potential surface to form the visible image. Later, the OPC drum continues to rotate and reaches to transfer location in order to accomplish the transfer process. Figure 2 Electrification unit block diagram This process transfers the (-)toner on the transfer roller to the printing paper by the transfer roller. The (-)toner attached to the OPC drum will be energized to hundreds to thousands of the (+)transfer voltage by HVPS. The (+)electrostatic force of the transfer roller generated has higher adhesiveness than the (-)toner OPC drum and thus it moves to the surface of the paper passing through the transfer roller. The toner transferred to the paper with weak electrostatic force is fixed to the paper by the pressure and heat of the fixer composed of pressure roller and heat roller. The toner attached to the paper is melted by applying the heat (approximately 180C) from the heat roller and the pressure (approximately 4kg) from the pressure roller. After the fixing process, the paper is sent out of the set to finish the printing process. Organization of the Device The HVPS is comprised of electrification output unit, bias output unit and transfer output unit. Refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5. 1. Input Unit. 2. Electrification Output (Enable) Unit: MHV (Main High Voltage). 3. Bias Output (Enable) Unit: DEV (Development Voltage)/Supply (Supply Voltage)/BLADE (Blade Voltage). 4. Transfer ‘+’ Output (Enable) Unit: THV (+) (Transfer High Voltage(+)). 5. Transfer ‘-’ Output (Enable) Unit: THV (-) (Transfer High Voltage(-)). 6. Switching Unit. 7. Feedback Unit. 8. Regulation Unit. 9. Output Unit. Figure 3 Transfer Output Unit Block Diagram Figure 4 MHV output unit block diagram Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-29 General Procedures and Information GP 16 BIAS (Supply/Dev/Blade Output Unit) BIAS (Electrification Output Enable) Electrification Output Enable is the electrification output control signal ‘PWM-LOW ACTIVE’.When BIAS-PWM LOW signal is received, Q501 turns on and the steady voltage will be accepted to the non-inverting terminal of OP-AMP 324. As the voltage higher than the inverting reference voltage of OP-AMP, which is set to R506 and R507, OP-AMP output turns high. This output sends IB to the TRANS auxiliary wire through current-restricting resistance Q502 via R509 and C504 and Q502 turns on. When the current is accepted to Q502, Ic increases to the current proportional to time through the T201 primary coil, and when it reaches the Hfe limit of Q502, it will not retain the “on” state, but will turn to “off”. As Q502 turns ‘off’, TRANS N1 will have counter-electromotive force, discharge energy to the secondary unit, sends current to the load and outputs DEV voltage through the high voltage output enable, which is comprised of Regulation-circuit. Refer to Figure 7. Figure 5 Bias output unit block diagram MHV (Electrification Output Enable) Electrification Output Enable is the electrification output control signal 'PWM-LOW ACTIVE'.When MHV-PWM LOW signal is received, Q401 turns on and the steady voltage will be accepted to the non-inverting terminal of OP-AMP 324. As the voltage higher than the inverting reference voltage of OP-AMP, which is set to R405 and R406, OP-AMP output turns high. This output sends IB to the TRANS auxiliary wire through current-restricting resistance Q402 via R408 and C403 and Q402 turns on. When the current is accepted to Q402, Ic increases to the current proportional to time through the T401 primary coil, and when it reaches the Hfe limit of Q402, it will not retain the "on" state, but will turn to "off". As Q402 turns 'off', TRANS N1 will have counter-electromotive force, discharge energy to the secondary unit, sends current to the load and outputs MHV voltage through the high voltage output enable, which is comprised of Regulation circuit. Refer to Figure 6. Figure 7 Bias signal THV (THV(+)/THV(-) Output Unit) Transfer (+) output unit is the transfer output control signal 'PWM-LOW ACTIVE'. When THVPWM LOW signal is received, Q203 turns on and the steady voltage will be accepted to the non-inverting terminal of OP-AMP 324. As the voltage is higher than the inverting reference voltage of OP-AMP, OP-AMP output turns high. The 24V power adjusts the electric potential to ZD201 and ZD202, sends IB to TRANS auxiliary wire through current-restricting resistance R215 via R212 and C204, and eventually Q204 will turn on. When the current is accepted to Q402, Ic increases to the current proportional to time through the T201 primary coil, and when it reaches the Hfe limit of Q204, it will not retain the "on" state, but will turn to "off". As Q402 turns 'off', TRANS N1 will have counter-electromotive force, discharge energy to the secondary coil, sends current to the load and outputs THV voltage through the high voltage output enable, which is comprised of Regulation– circuit. The output voltage is determined by the DUTY width. Q203 switches with PWM DUTY cycle to fluctuate the output by fluctuating the OP-AMP non-inverting end VREF electric potential, and the maximum is output at 0% and the minimum, at 100%.Transfer(-) output unit is THV-EA 'L' enable. Figure 6 MHV signal General Procedures and Information GP 16 March 2004 6-30 Work Centre M20 Family When THV-EA is 'L', Q302 turns on and the VCE electric potential of Q302 will be formed and sends IB to TRANS auxiliary wire through R311, C305 and VR302 via current-restricting resistance R314, and eventually Q303 will turn on. When the current is accepted to Q303, Q303's Ic increases to the current proportional to time through the T301 primary coil, and when it reaches the Hfe limit of Q303, it will not retain the "on" state, but will turn to "off". As Q303 turns 'off', TRANS N1 will have counter-electromotive force, discharge energy to the secondary coil, send current to load and output THV(-) voltage through the high voltage output enable, which is comprised of Regulation-circuit. Refer to Figure 8. The changes in transfer output required by each load is controlled by PWM-DUTY. Figure 8 THV signal Environment Recognition THV voltage recognizes changes in transfer roller environment and allows the voltage suitable for the environment in order to realize optimum image output. The analog input is converted to digital output by the comparator that recognizes the environmental changes of the transfer roller. It is to allow the right transfer voltage to perform appropriate environmental response considering the environment and the type of paper depending on this digital output by the programs that can be input to the engine controller ROM. This environment recognition setting is organized as follows: First, set the THV(+) standard voltage. Allow 200M load to transfer output, enable output and set the standard voltage 800V using VR201. Then set 56 (CPU's recognition index value) as the standard using VR302. This standard value with CPU makes sure that the current feedback is 4A when output voltage is 800V and load is 200M. If the load shows different resistance value when 800V is output, the current feedback will also be different and thus the index value will also be different. according to the index value read by CPU, the transfer voltage output will differ according to the preset transfer table. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-31 General Procedures and Information GP 16 GP 17 PBA OPE Operation Purpose To give information about the operation of the PBA OPE. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Summary The OPE board is separated functionally from the main board and operated by the MICOM (HT48R50) in the board. OPE and the main use UART (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter) channel to exchange information. OPE reset can be controlled by the main. OPE MICOM controls key-scanning and LCD and LED display. If there occurs an event in OPE (such as key touch), it sends specific codes to the main to respond to the situation and the main analyzes these codes and operates the system. For example, it the main is to display messages in OPE, the main transmits data through UART line to OPE according to the designated format and OPE displays this on LCD, LED. OPE’s sensing is also transmitted to the main through UART line and then the main drives necessary operation. OPE PBA consists of U1(MICOM, HT48R50),LCD, key matrix, LED indicators. Refer to Refer to Figure 1. • Signals from the key matrix are delivered to U1 input pin group (D1~D6). • U1 pin 48 (TX DATA) is the UART code sent to MAIN PBA. • Display from the controller is received at U1 pin 5(RX DATA). • LCD drive signals are sent from U1 P2-x pin group, P3-4~P3-6 pins. • Machine status LED drive signals are sent from U1 LED0~LED7. General Procedures and Information GP 17 Figure 1 OPE block diagram March 2004 6-32 Work Centre M20 Family GP 18 PBA LIU Refer to Table 1. Purpose Table 1 Tolerance levels To give information about the operation of the PBA LIU: U.S. Usage CTR21 • Summary High Frequency Level -9.0+2.0/-2.5 -7.0 +1.0/-2.0 • DC Matching Part Low Frequency Level -9.0+1.0/-2.0 -11.0+2.5/-2.0 • AC Matching Part • Dialer Part DP Dial • Ring Detection Part Controls from MAIN through / DP-Terminal. for U.S.Usage, set time to DF signal of 40:60 M/B. DP signal is made of U6 (pcb817). The DC current which flows through Q2 Base is regulated by On/Off switch and turns to DP dial signal with a COUPLER. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Summary • LIU wire connects main BD’s MODEM and line parts, and impedance matching (AC, DC), ring detection part and line seizure (dialer). Ring Detection Part CTR 21 does not have telephone capability but has the number 3 and 4 Line Connection. No DP condition but possibility to get approval only on DTMF Dial based terminal. RING SIGNALS from the LINE section (TIP, RING) are further passed through C5, R3, ZD1, and ZD2 and ends up at U9, (PC 814). U9 then detects above RING SIGNAL and passes the output to MAIN BD. The wire diagrams C5 is RINGER CAPACITOR and it normally uses 1UF/ 250V. DC Matching Part Normal movement range of LIU is 12mA ~ 9mA. Adapting CTR21 standard, the regulation limits to 60mA CURRENT flow through the terminal. A R3 limits AC current and controls upper and lower REN meter. Therefore, select (*:for EU PIT) Option to connect necessary items then the current through LIU will not exceed 60mA. • CTR21 Standard (Europe): 12mA~60mA • OTHER Standard (U.S.): 12mA~90mA DC has a character to pass through the LINE. And with Q1 (VN2410) GATE section’s LINE INPUT current and Q1 Source connection to R20, can be decided as follows: • -VDCR = VL1 + ILINE X R20 (VDCR: Tip-Ring CD Voltage, ILINE: Current flow)VL1:Line Input Voltage, VL1=VBD1+VCE(Q2)+VDS(Q1) AC Matching Part Basic LIU’s AC IMPEDANCE is 600 and uses R47, 48 and C36 to possibly control combined IMPEDANCE. • U.S. Usage: A terminal IMPEDANCE 600W(30%) • CTR21: A Terminal IMPEDANCE 270+750W//150nF Dialer Part MF Dial DTMF Dialing is controlled by MODEM and should be selected by appropriate LEVEL and onoff time output based on each countries own national specification. • Frequency Tolerance: 1.5% High Group: 1209, 1336, 1477, 1633Hz Low Group: 697, 770, 852, 941 Hz Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-33 General Procedures and Information GP 18 GP 19 SMPS Unit Operation When the power is turned on, TH 1 limits current by it’s high resistance, and when it’s temperature rise, it’s resistance become about Zero ohm. Purpose To give information about the operation of the SMPS (Switching Mode Power Supply): SMC (Switched Mode Control) • Summary • DC Matching Part The AC input voltage is rectified and filtered by BD1 and C10 to create the DC high voltage applied to the primary winding of T1, Q5 pin #1 is driven by the SMPS device IC2, IC2. autostarts and chops the DC voltage. The U502 is PWM SMPS IC and has internally a SMC (switched mode control) IC and a MOSFET output stage. The SMC IC has a auto-restart without a power supply for the IC and a thermal shutdown function and so on. R4, R5, C11, D1 clamp leading-edge voltage spikes caused by transformer leakage inductance. • AC Matching Part • Dialer Part NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. SMPS Specifications The SMPS (Switching Mode Power Supply) Unit used here is a PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) type power supply unit that supplies DC+5V to controller and control panel, and DC+5V, DC+24V and DC+12V to the engine. It also supplies AC power to fixer heat lamp. Refer to Table 1 for output channel information. Output Channel 1 Channel Name 2 Rated Output Voltage 3 Rate Output Current 4 Ch.1 Fixed Temperature Control Fixed Lamp Control Circuit Table 1 Output channel information No. The power secondary winding (Pin #5~6)is rectified and filtered by D8, D9, L2, C33, C34 to create the 5V output voltage. The bias winding (Pin #9~8)is rectified and flittered by D2 and C12 to create U502 bias voltage. The secondary output 5V is regulated through the path of the voltage divide by R34, R35. Refer to Figure 1. Ch.2 Ch.3 +5.1V +24.0V +12.0V +5.1V +24.0V +12.0V 2A 2.5A 0.8A Maximum Load Current and Load Pattern 2.5A Continued 3.0A Continued 0.8A Continued 5 Load Change Range 0.5~2.0A 0.1~0.3A 0.1~0.8A 6 Rate output voltage (For +5.1V5% rated I/O) (+4.84~+5.35V) +24.0V10% +12V5% (+21.60~+26.40V) (+11.40~+12.60V) 7 1) Total Output Voltage Deviation (Input, Load, Temp., Aging) 2) Dynamic Input Change 3) Dynamic Load Change Including All +5.1V5% (+4.84~+5.35V) Including Set Error Including All +24.0V10% (+21.60~+26.40V) Including Set Error 8 Refer to ripple & noise 27 150mVp-p or less 500mVp-p or less 200mVp-p or less 9 Refer to load short and overload protection 23 Refer to load short and overload protection 23 Must not ignite or generate smoke when output shorted for 5 sec. Output voltage must shutdown within the range of 3.5A~6.5A Including All +12V5% (+11.40~+12.60V) Including Set Error Must not ignite or generate smoke when output shorted for 5 sec. Figure 1 Fixed lamp control circuit AC Input Stage AC input power path is consist of the fuse (F1) for AC current limit, the varistor (TNR1) for bypassing high voltage surge, the discharge resistor (R1), the AC impulse noise filtering circuit (C2, C4, LF1), the common mode grounding circuit (C5, C6), the second noise filter (C7, LF2), and the thermistor (TH1). General Procedures and Information GP 19 The Concept of Fixed Lamp Control For fixed lamp control, the logic unit "fuser on" control signal and SMPS unit DC power must be supplied. This circuit turns on only when "fuser on" sends the signal and the DC power is supplied. March 2004 6-34 Work Centre M20 Family The following explains how the fixed lamp control circuit works. Logic unit "fuser on" sends trigger current to triac driver PC3 LED, then the infrared ray is detected by PC3 photo detector. Next, YC3 triac is conducted. The conducted current sends trigger input to triac SY1 gate. At this point, SY1 is conducted and AC power is supplied to fixed lamp. Lamp is turned on and temperature rises. GP 20 Acronyms and Parts Description List As this fixed lamp control circuit uses the AC voltage ("+" and "-" are repeated) as the power supply, it used two-way triac (SY1), which has advantage over one-way SCR considering the price, size and reliability. To also provide a cross reference list of part descriptions used throughout this service manual with a list of more commonly recognised part descriptions. Refer to the relevant section: The triac's gate can be triggered by either forward or reverse signal. Once triac is turned on, it will not be controlled by gate signal, but will be continuously on until the current between major terminals decreases below the holding current. In other words, you cannot turn it off with reverse signal unlike SCR. This property is called current-voltage threshold rise rate (commutation: dv/dt). In AC power control application, triac has to turn off conduction in each zero crossing or switch it twice in each cycle. This switching operation is called commutation. It is possible to turn off the triac at the end of half cycle by eliminating the gate signal when the load current (IL) is gained at the level equal to or lower than holding current. When triac commutes off-line, the direction of the voltage of the both ends of triac will be reversed and increase up to the maximum value of line voltage (VAC). At this point, the width of rise rate will be determined by dv/dt and overshoot voltage, by the circuit. When triac commutes off-line, the voltage of both ends of triac will have the same voltage as the line voltage. Refer to Figure 2. Purpose To provide a list of acronyms used throughout this service manual with an explanation of their meaning. Refer to Table 1. • SMPS and PBA Main • OPE Assembly • Frames, Drives and Covers • DADF • LSU • Cassette Assembly • SCF • Side Cover Assembly • Feeder Assembly • MP Assembly • Pickup Assembly • Toner, Drum Cartridge and Fuser • Exit Assembly • Scanner Assembly NOTE: All tables have the items listed in parts list order. Acronyms Refer to Table 1. Table 1 Acronyms Figure 2 Inductive circuit Work Centre M20 Family Acronym Description IPR - shield SMPS upper IPR - Iron press PL Ref. PL 1.10 Item 1 CBF power switch grey CBF - Cable form PL 1.10 Item 2 SMPS + HVPS SMPS - Switching Mode Power Sup- PL 1.10 Item 4 ply HVPS - High Voltage Power Supply Shield - P main lower P - Press PL 1.10 Item 6 CBF harness - LIU GND LIU - Line interface unit for FAX GND - Ground PL 1.10 Item 7 PBA main PBA - Printed circuit board assembly PL 1.10 Item 9 PBA LIU PBA - Printed circuit board assembly PL 1.10 Item 13 LIU - Line Interface unit for FAX Cover - M - OPE M - Mold PL 2.10 Item 14 OPE - Operation panel (control panel) Key - M - copy M - Mold PL 2.11 Item 4 Holder catch CST MC2 MC2 - Development code name for machine PL 4.10 Item 6 March 2004 6-35 General Procedures and Information GP 19, GP 20 Table 1 Acronyms Table 1 Acronyms Acronym Description PL Ref. Acronym Description PL Ref. Spring CS FR CS - Compress FR - Front PL 7.10 Item 14 PMO - bushing finger, F F - Front PL 7.10 Item 19 Ring - CS CS - Compress PL 8.10 Item 3 Gear - MP/DUP DRV MP - Multi purpose (bypass) tray DUP DRV - Duplex driver PL 8.10 Item 5 IPR - ground plate A (OPC) OPC - Organic photo conductive PL 4.10 Item 8 ELA M/M - AUD speaker ELA M/M - Electrical assembly M/M AUD - Audio PL 4.10 Item 14 CBF harness - OPC GND OPC GNG - Organic photo conductive ground PL 4.10 Item 16 IPR - ground plate SCF SCF - Second cassette feeder (tray2) PL 4.10 Item 21 CBF - harness - main - THV wire THV - Transfer high voltage PL 4.15 Item 9 PMO - bushing TX (B4) TX - Transmit PL 8.10 Item 8 CBF - harness - main - MHV wire MHV - High voltage (charge voltage) PL 4.15 Item 10 IPR - BRKT G DUP PL 8.10 Item 11 Gear - exit/U, ID U - Upper ID - Idler PL 4.15 Item 24 IPR - terminal FU FU - Fuser PL 4.15 Item 28 IPR - Iron press BRKT - Bracket G - Ground DUP - Duplex Motor step - MCK2 (main) MCK2 - Development code name for PL 4.20 Item 2 machine PMO - GP lower DP PMO - Processing mold GP - Guide paper DP - Duplex PL 8.10 Item 14 PMO - bushing P/U MP P/U - Pickup MP - Multi purpose (bypass) tray PL 8.10 Item 24 Spring ETC - TR_R TR_R - Transfer Roller - Right PL 8.10 Item 26 PMO - holder gear TR TR - Transfer roller PL 8.10 Item 27 Spring ETC - TR_L TR_L - Transfer roller - Left PL 8.10 Item 30 PMO - guide DP side DP - Duplex PL 8.11 Item 2 PMO - BUSHING P/U,MP P/U - Pickup MP - Multi purpose (bypass) tray PL 8.11 Item 4 PMO - tray case, MP MP - Multi purpose tray (bypass tray) PL 8.11 Item 12 PL 4.25 Item 8 ELA HOU - MP assembly MP - Multi purpose (bypass) tray PL 8.20 Item 1 PMO - holder cam MPF MPF - Multi purpose feeder PL 8.20 Item 9 PMO - gear P/U MPF P/U - Pickup MFP - Multi functional peripheral PL 8.20 Item 10 PL 8.20 Item 21 Gear - exit/U Exit/U - Exit/upper PL 4.20 Item 6 Gear - RDCN feed inner RDCN - Reduction PL 4.20 Item 15 MEA unit - cover PA exit assembly MEA - Mechanical assembly PA - Paper PL 4.25 Item 1 PMO - tray extension MP NE PL 4.25 Item 2 PMO - Processing mold MP - Multi purpose (bypass) tray NE - for NEC PMO - connect paper MFP MFP - Multi-functional peripheral PL 4.25 Item 4 MPR - name/plate XRX MPR - Machinery Press XRX - Xerox PL 4.25 Item 7 Cover - M - front M - Mold MEA unit guide CST PA assembly CST - Cassette (paper tray) PA - paper PL 4.25 Item 10 PMO - cover BRKT motor BRKT - Bracket PL 4.25 Item 20 PMO - cam jam remove PMO - Processing mold PL 4.25 Item 22 RPR - rubber pickup, MP RPR - Rubber press Special screw (panel MFP) MFP - Multi functional peripheral PL 4.25 Item 23 PBA SUB - MP SEN Roller - REGI REGI - Registration PL 5.10 Item 6 PBA SUB - REGI PBA SUB - REGI - Sub printed circuit PL 5.10 Item 9 board assembly for the registration PBA SUB - MP SEN - Sub printed cir- PL 8.20 Item 24 cuit board assembly for the MP-SEN (Multi purpose (bypass) tray sensor) MEA unit - TX stacker TX - Transmit IPR - washer spring CU CU - Curve PL 5.10 Item 18 PL 5.10 Item 22 Ground - P_scan roller Ground - P - Ground press PL 5.11 Item 2 IPR - guard C/O S/W C/O - Cover open S/W - Switch PL 5.11 Item 13 A/S material pickup, MP A/S - After service PL 8.20 Item 27 PBA SUB - PTL PBA SUB - PTL - Sub printed circuit board assembly for the PTL (pre transfer lamp) PL 8.25 Item 6 PBA SUB - feed + P. EMP SEN PBA SUB - feed - Sub printed circuit PL 8.25 Item 12 board assembly for the feeder and paper empty sensor P. EMP SEN - Paper empty sensor IPR-P_pinch (scan) IPR-P - Iron press PL 5.14 Item 6 Unit - LSU LSU - Laser scanning unit PL 6.10 Item 1 ELA - OPC unit set OPC - Organic photo-conductive PL 9.10 Item 1 CBF harness - LSU LSU - Laser scanning unit PL 6.10 Item 2 PMO - locker DEVE DEVE - Developer PL 9.10 Item 3 MEC - cassette assembly (letter) MEC - Mechanical combined unit PL 7.10 Item 1 ICT - shaft - exit lower ID ID - Idler PL 10.10 Item 12 Spring CS RE CS - Compress RE - Rear PL 7.10 Item 13 Spring - exit roll FD FD - Face down PL 10.10 Item 14 General Procedures and Information GP 20 March 2004 6-36 Work Centre M20 Family OPE Assembly Table 1 Acronyms Refer to Table 3. Acronym Description PL Ref. ELA HOU - scanner assembly ELA - Electrical assembly HOU - Housing PL 14.10 Item 1 Table 3 OPE assembly Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. PL 2.10 Item 1 A/S material - dummy upper assembly A/S - After - service PL 14.10 Item 3 ELA HOU OPE assembly User interface assembly MCT - glass DADF MCT - Machinery cutting PL 14.10 Item 4 PBA SUB E-mail E-mail PWB PL 2.10 Item 12 PPR - registration edge (F) PPR - Processing press PL 14.10 Item 8 PBA SUB - OPE User interface PWB PL 2.11 Item 10 IPR - holder glass IPR - Iron press PL 14.10 Item 10 MCT - glass scanner (legal) MCT - Machinery cutting PL 14.10 Item 12 PBA SUB - D_SUB PBA SUB - D_SUB - Sub printed cir- PL 14.11 Item 5 cuit board assembly for the D-SUB type electrical connector. ICT - insert shaft ICT - Iron cutting PL 14.11 Item 8 Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. IPR - BRK scan BD IPR - Iron press BRK - Bracket BD - Board PL 14.11 Item 11 Fan - DC (cardinal) ROS cooling fan PL 4.10 Item 17 CBF - harness-SCF PL 4.10 Item 22 M - Mold CCD - Charge coupled device PL 14.11 Item 15 IOT - Tray 2 power/communications harness Solenoid - pickup Paper feed solenoid PL 4.10 Item 25 Holder terminal Developer module CRUM connector PL 4.15 Item 7 PBA SUB terminal Developer module CRUM PWB PL 4.15 Item 6 CBF - harness - blade + supply + DEV Developer module power supply har- PL 4.15 Item 8 ness CBF - harness - main - THV Wire Transfer roller power supply lead PL 4.15 Item 9 CBF - harness - Main - MHV wire Charge roller power supply lead PL 4.15 Item 10 SMPS and PBA Main CBF harness - AC wire Fuser power supply harness PL 4.15 Item 19 Refer to Table 2. CBF - harness; switch - micro Right hand cover interlock switch PL 4.15 Item 20 PBA SUB - exit sensor Fuser exit sensor PL 4.15 Item 22 PBA SUB - toner RX Toner empty sensor (transmitter) PL 4.15 Item 23 Cover - M - CCD cable CBF signal - CCD FFC CCD - Charge coupled device FFC - Flexible flat cable PL 14.11 Item 17 CBF harness - OPE OPE - Operation panel (control panel) PL 14.11 Item 18 Cover - scan lower (UMAX) UMAX - Suppliers name for CCD module PL 14.11 Item 22 Table 2 SMPS and PBA main Frames, Drives and Covers Refer to Table 4. Table 4 Frames, drives and covers Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. CBF - harness thermistor joint Thermistor harness PL 4.15 Item 26 IPR - Shield SMPS upper Power supply unit cover PL 1.10 Item 1 IPR - terminal fuser Fuser power supply connector PL 4.15 Item 28 CBF power switch grey On/Off switch PL 1.10 Item 2 ELA HOU - drive assembly Main drive assembly PL 4.20 Item 1 SMPS + HVPS Power supply unit PL 1.10 Item 4 Motor step - MCK2 (main) Fuser and exit drive motor PL 4.20 Item 2 CBF harness - inlet Power socket PL 1.10 Item 8 Motor DC - MCK2 (BLDC) Feed motor PL 4.20 Item 4 PBA main Main PWB PL 1.10 Item 9 Fan - DC Fuser cooling fan PL 4.20 Item 31 PBA ETC -PS - DIMM Postscript DIMM PL 1.10 Item 11 MEA unit - cover PA exit assembly Exit cover assembly PL 4.25 Item 1 PBA LIU Fax PWB PL 1.10 Item 13 PMO cover exit rear Rear exit cover PL 4.25 Item 5 PBA SUB - NPC3 - MFP Network interface PWB PL 1.10 Item 14 MEA unit - cover front assembly Front door assembly PL 4.25 Item 6 PBA foreign device interface Foreign device interface PWB PL 1.10 Item 16 MEA unit guide CST PA assembly Tray 1 paper feed guide PL 4.25 Item 10 PMO - lever jam remove Jam clearance latch PL 4.25 Item 21 PMO - cam jam remove Jam clearance cam PL 4.25 Item 22 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-37 General Procedures and Information GP 20 DADF SCF Refer to Table 5. Refer to Table 8. Table 8 SCF Table 5 DADF PL Ref. Part name Commonly known as DADF assembly PL 5.10 Item 1 ELA unit - SCF Tray 2 assembly PL 7.15 Item 1 DADF top cover assembly PL 5.10 Item 2 Rubber - roller pickup Nudger roll PL 7.15 Item 9 Roller - REGI Registration roller PL 5.10 Item 6 Rubber - roller pickup S Small nudger roll PL 7.15 Item 10 PBA SUB - REGI Registration sensor PL 5.10 Item 9 PMO - M - actuator no paper Paper empty sensor actuator PL 7.15 Item 12 MEA unit - TX stacker Input tray assembly PL 5.10 Item 18 Feed roller SCF MC2 Tray 2 feed roll PL 7.15 Item 18 PBA SUB - length Length detect sensor PL 5.10 Item 24 PBA SUB - exit SEN Tray 2 empty sensor PL 7.15 Item 22 ELA HOU - DADF SUB Document transport assembly PL 5.10 Item 31 ELA HOU - solenoid SCF2 Tray 2 feed solenoid assembly PL 7.15 Item 23 Part name Commonly known as ELA HOU - DADF MEA unit - cover open PL Ref. PBA SUB - sensor IF DADF sensor PWB PL 5.11 Item 4 Solenoid pickup Tray 2 feed solenoid PL 7.16 Item 18 ELA HOU - duplex motor DADF duplex motor assembly PL 5.11 Item 10 Motor step - SCF (2K) Tray 2 feed motor PL 7.16 Item 25 PBA SUB - DADF DADF main PWB PL 5.11 Item 19 PBA SCF Tray 2 PWB PL 7.16 Item 3 MEA unit - cover exit assembly DADF exit assembly PL 5.12 Item 1 CBF harness - SCF 8P Tray 2 - IOT power/communications har- PL 7.15 Item 4 ness MEA unit - lower SCF2 Tray 2 paper feed guide MEA unit support pickup assembly Feed roll assembly support PL 5.13 Item 1 MEA unit guide pickup assembly Feed assembly PL 5.13 Item 5 MEA Unit - DADF rubber Retard pad PL 5.13 Item 9 PBA SUB - DOC width Document width sensors PL 5.13 Item 10 Side Cover Assembly PBA SUB - exit open DADF exit assembly open sensor PL 5.13 Item 11 Refer to Table 9. MEA Unit - Pickup Feed roll assembly PL 5.13 Item 17 PBA - SUB - gate Scan exit sensor PL 5.14 Item 10 PL 7.15 Item 10 Table 9 Side cover assembly Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. LSU ELA HOU side cover assembly Right hand cover and duplex assembly PL 8.10 Item 1 Refer to Table 6. MEA unit - duplex assembly Duplex assembly PL 8.10 Item 2 MEA unit - side SUB Right hand cover assembly PL 8.11 Item 1 MEC unit - tray assembly Bypass tray PL 8.11 Item 8 Table 6 LSU Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. Unit - LSU ROS PL 6.10 Item 1 Feeder Assembly CBF Harness - LSU ROS power/communications harness PL 6.10 Item 2 Refer to Table 10. Fan DC (cardinal) ROS cooling fan PL 6.10 Item 3 Table 10 Feeder assembly Cassette Assembly Part name Refer to Table 7. MEA unit - feed roller assembly Main feed roll assembly Commonly known as PL 8.15 Item 1 PMO - roller feed PL 8.15 Item 10 Main feed roll PL Ref. Table 7 Cassette assembly Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. MP Assembly Mec- cassette assembly Tray 1 assembly PL 7.10 Item 1 Refer to Table 11. PMO - cover cassette Tray 1 front cover PL 7.10 Item 5 PMO - Guide rear Left hand paper guide PL 7.10 Item 8 Guide side CST Front paper guide PL 7.10 Item 9 Guide side handle Front paper guide handle General Procedures and Information GP 20 PL 7.10 Item 17 Table 11 MP assembly Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. ELA HOU - MP assembly Paper transport assembly PL 8.20 Item 1 March 2004 6-38 Work Centre M20 Family Scanner Assembly Table 11 MP assembly Refer to Table 15. Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. Solenoid - MP Bypass tray feed solenoid PL 8.20 Item 4 PMO - actuator, MP Paper present sensor actuator PL 8.20 Item 12 PMO - housing pickup, MP Paper feed ramp PL 8.20 Item 19 RPR - rubber pickup, MP Bypass tray feed roll PL 8.20 Item 21 RPR - RCT - pad pickup, MP Retard pad PL 8.20 Item 22 Table 15 Scanner assembly Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. ELA HOU - scanner assembly Scanner PL 14.10 Item 1 ELA HOU SCAN upper assembly Scanner top cover assembly PL 14.10 Item 2 A/S material dummy upper assembly CVT glass assembly PL 14.10 Item 3 MCT glass DADF CVT glass PL 14.10 Item 4 MCT glass scanner (legal) Document glass PL 14.10 Item 12 Pickup Assembly PBA SUB - D SUB Scanner PWB PL 14.11 Item 5 Refer to Table 12. PMO lever sensor DADF angle sensor actuator PL 14.11 Item 12 ELA HOU - CCD module CCD module PL 14.11 Item 16 PBA SUB - MP SEN Paper present sensor PL 8.20 Item 24 MS material pickup - MP Bypass tray feed roll assembly PL 8.20 Item 27 Table 12 Pickup assembly CBF signal - CCD FFC CCD harness PL 14.11 Item 17 Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. CBF Harness - OPE Scanner-UI harness PL 14.11 Item 18 ELA HOU - pickup assembly Paper transport assembly PL 8.20 Item 1 Holder M CCD CCD lock PL 14.11 Item 20 PBA SUB - toner TX Toner empty sensor (receiver) PL 8.20 Item 5 ELA HOU - scan motor Scan motor assembly PL 14.11 Item 23 PBA Sub - PTL Pre-transfer lamp PL 8.20 Item 6 Motor step - scan Scan motor PL 14.11 Item 25 PMO - actuator feed sensor Tray 1 feed sensor actuator PL 8.20 Item 7 PBA SUB - feed & P.EMP SEN Tray 1empty sensor and feed sensor assembly PL 8.25 Item 12 RPR rubber pickup Tray 1 feed roll (large) PL 8.25 Item 16 Rubber pickup small Tray 1 feed roll (small) PL 8.25 Item 17 PMO - actuator no paper Tray 1 empty sensor actuator PL 8.25 Item 25 Toner, Drum Cartridge and Fuser Refer to Table 13. Table 13 Toner, drum cartridge and fuser Part name Commonly known as PL Ref. ELA - OPC unit set Xerographic module PL 9.10 Item 1 ELA - toner unit set Developer module PL 9.10 Item 2 ELA HOU - fuser assembly Fuser module PL 9.10 Item 4 Exit Assembly Refer to Table 14. Table 14 Exit assembly Part name Commonly known as MEC - exit assembly Paper exit assembly PL 10.10 Item 1 PBA SUB - bin full sensor Exit tray full sensor PL 10.10 Item 20 Actuator SUB - bin full sensor Exit tray full sensor actuator Work Centre M20 Family PL Ref. PL 10.10 Item 21 March 2004 6-39 General Procedures and Information GP 20 GP 21 DADF Document Feeding Specifications GP 22 Paper and Media Specifications Purpose Purpose To list the specifications of the documents that can be fed through the DADF. To list the paper and media size specifications. Specifications Specifications Refer to Table 1. NOTE: Ensure that the paper tray settings match the paper size in the tray. Table 1 Specifications Item Specification Length 145mm - 356mm (5.75 inches - 14inches) Width 145mm - 216mm (5.75 inches - 8.5 inches) Weight 50 gsm - 105 gsm (12.5lb - 28lb) Thickness 0.075mm - 0.13mm Curl Less than 5mm Refer to Table 1 for the paper and media sizes that can be used in the machine. Refer to Table 2 for the paper or media weight that can be used in the machine. Table 1 Paper and media specifications Size Paper Type W x L (mm) Input Source Bypass Tray 1 or 2 Letter 215.9 x 27 8.5 x 11 W x L (inch) X X Duplex X Legal 215.9 x 355.6 8.5 x 14 X X X Folio 216 x 330 8.5 x 13 X X X A4 210 x 297 8.27 x 11.69 X X X JIS B5 182 x 257 7.17 x 10.12 X Executive 184.2 x 266.7 7.25 x 10.5 X A5 148.5 x 210 5.85 x 8.27 X Statement N/A 5.5 x 8.5 X A6 CARD 105 x 148.5 4.13 x 5.85 Post card 4 x 6 101.6 x 152.4 4 x 6 X Hagaki 100 x 148 3.94 x 5.83 X Envelope B5 176 x 250 N/A X Envelope 7-3/4 98.4 x 190.5 3.88 x 7.5 X Envelope COM-10 (see note) 105 x 241 4.12 x 9.5 X Envelope DL 110 x 220 4.33 x 8.66 X Envelope C5 162 x 229 6.38 x 9.02 X Envelope C6 114 x 162 N/A Custom 98 x 148 3.86 x 5.83 215.9 x 355.6 8.5 x 14 X X X NOTE: COM-10 envelope weight must not exceed 75 gsm (20lb). Table 2 Paper or media weights General Procedures and Information GP 21, GP 22 Paper or Media Source Weight Tray 1 60 gsm - 90 gsm (16lb - 24lb) Tray 2 60 gsm - 90 gsm (16lb - 24lb) Bypass 60 gsm - 163 gsm (16lb - 43lb) Duplex 60 gsm - 75gsm (16lb - 20lb) March 2004 6-40 Work Centre M20 Family GP 23 Service Log • Service Log If “g:\” is not the CD-ROM drive, substitute the drive letter for the CD-ROM drive. Use this service log to record all service procedures. Figure 1. • For Edoc a PDF version is available on the CD-Rom. In File Manager or Explorer, select the CD-ROM drive (g:\directory). Double click on the folder “service_log” Double click on the PDF file called Service_log.pdf. For hardcopy make a copy of this page. Figure 1 Service log Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 6-41 General Procedures and Information GP 23 General Procedures and Information GP 23 March 2004 6-42 Work Centre M20 Family 7 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams.............................................................................................................. 7-3 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 7-1 Wiring Data Wiring Data March 2004 7-2 Work Centre M20 Family Wiring Diagrams Purpose Wiring diagrams are an aid to trace wiring faults. Wiring Diagrams are used to complement the fault analysis information contained in the relevant RAP. NOTE: If necessary, refer to GP 20 for the acronym list and cross reference lists of more commonly recognised part names. Introduction The main PBA connections are in the following wiring diagrams: Input power and power distribution, Wiring Diagram 1. PBA main, ELA HOU platen assembly and PBA foreign device interface, Wiring Diagram 2. PBA main, unit - LSU, exit assembly, ELA HOU drive assembly and ELA HOU pickup assembly (tray 1), Wiring Diagram 3. PBA main, ELA HOU frame main assembly and ELA HOU MP assembly, Wiring Diagram 4. DADF, Wiring Diagram 5. Tray 2 module, Wiring Diagram 6. The wiring diagrams have the following features: • The connections on the PWBs are in numerical sequence where possible. • The complete component to PWB wiring is shown. All interconnecting connectors shown, in part or whole. Connectors shown in part have reference to other wiring diagrams as necessary. • Where necessary, components have references to show additional connections to them. • Relevant parts list references are shown. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 7-3 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams Wiring Diagram 1 Figure 1 Wiring Diagram 1 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams March 2004 7-4 Work Centre M20 Family Wiring Diagram 2 Figure 2 Wiring Diagram 2 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 7-5 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams Wiring Diagram 3 Figure 3 Wiring Diagram 3 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams March 2004 7-6 Work Centre M20 Family Wiring Diagram 4 Figure 4 Wiring Diagram 4 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 7-7 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams Wiring Diagram 5 Figure 5 Wiring Diagram 5 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams March 2004 7-8 Work Centre M20 Family Wiring Diagram 6 Figure 6 Wiring Diagram 6 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 7-9 Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams Wiring Data Wiring Diagrams March 2004 7-10 Work Centre M20 Family 8 Accessories ACC 1 PBA Foreign Device Checkout ............................................................................ 8-3 Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 8-1 Accessories Accessories March 2004 8-2 Work Centre M20 Family ACC 1 PBA Foreign Device Checkout Procedure Go to the OF3 Use Auxiliary Access RAP. Work Centre M20 Family March 2004 8-3 Accessories ACC 1 Accessories ACC 1 March 2004 8-4 Work Centre M20 Family PUBLICATION COMMENT SHEET OPERATING COMPANY: XEROX EUROPE CBU/DISTRICT LOCATION CODE: DISSATISFIED VERY DISSATISFIED Please copy this master sheet and use it to help us to improve this publication. We would like you to tell us about improvements to its accuracy, format and quality. Please give specific references, i.e.: page numbers and figure numbers and attach marked up photocopies wherever possible. If you have identified a solution please include your suggestions with your reply. Please also answer the customer satisfaction question set. When you have completed the PCS, send it by internal mail to the address below. You will receive an acknowledgement and feedback on your comments. Please ensure that your name and CBU/District location code are fully completed. NAME: JOB TITLE: ENGINEER NUMBER: CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBER: DATE: SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL: SATISFIED NEITHER SATISFIED NOR DISSATISFIED Global Knowledge & Language Services Xerox Europe Enterprise Centre Bessemer Road Welwyn Garden City Hertfordshire AL7 1HE England Attention: Phil Hayes VERY SATISFIED COMMENT Please submit a marked-up photocopy of the relevant pages PRODUCT AND PUBLICATION PUBLICATION REVISION TITLE: DATE: PAGE NUMBER: NOT APPLICABLE CUSTOMER SATISFACTION QUESTION SET QUESTION DO YOU FIND THE MANUAL IS TECHNICALLY ACCURATE? DO YOU FIND THE FORMAT OF THE MANUAL EASY TO USE? WHAT IS YOUR OVERALL SATISFACTION LEVEL WITH THE MANUAL FOR OFFICE USE ONLY RECEIVED DATE: PCS. NUMBER: MANAGER: DUE DATE: XEROX EUROPE